Verve Group Aktienkurs
Ist Verve Group eine Topscorer-Aktie nach der Dividenden-, High-Growth-Investing- oder Levermann-Strategie?
Als kostenloser aktien.guide Basis-Nutzer kannst Du die Scores zu allen 9.133 weltweiten Aktien einsehen.
aktien.guide Premium
aktien.guide Unlimited
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🧮 Berechnung
Marktkapitalisierung = 214,65 Mio. € | Umsatz (TTM) = 579,08 Mio. €
Marktkapitalisierung = 214,65 Mio. € | Umsatz erwartet = 679,55 Mio. €
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🧮 Berechnung
Enterprise Value = 691,98 Mio. € | Umsatz (TTM) = 579,08 Mio. €
Enterprise Value = 691,98 Mio. € | Umsatz erwartet = 679,55 Mio. €
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
Verve Group Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
9 Analysten haben eine Verve Group Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
9 Analysten haben eine Verve Group Prognose abgegeben:
Verve Group Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
AUG
27
Q2 2026 Earnings Call
vor 25 Tagen
|
|
JUN
16
Analyst/Investor Day - Verve Group SE
vor 3 Monaten
|
|
MAI
27
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
APR
28
Special Call - Verve Group SE
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
FEB
19
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
NOV
18
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
SEP
18
acardo technologies AG, Verve Group SE - M&A Call
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
aktien.guide Basis
Verve Group — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Welcome to all of you joining us from Europe as well. My name is Ingo Middelmenne, Head of Investor Relations at Verve Group. I'm pleased to welcome you to our Q2 2026 earnings call.
As usual, our call format allows private investors to join this session live in listen-only mode. Institutional investors and analysts will have the opportunity to ask questions live during the Q&A session later on. [Operator Instructions] While Q2 was certainly not an easy quarter for us, nevertheless, as the figures show, we held our ground against the backdrop of a challenging market environment and continued to grow our business. We have prepared a presentation to give some additional insights to our performance and provide further transparency. After the presentation, we will, of course, take the time to answer your questions.
Please note that the entire call, including the Q&A session, will be recorded and made publicly available on our website after the call. [Operator Instructions] With that, I'm pleased to hand you over to our CEO, Remco Westermann, who will guide you through the first part of today's call. Remco, over to you.
Thank you, Ingo. I would also like to welcome you to Verve's earnings call for the second quarter of 2026. As usual, I will start with presenting the headlines and the latest developments, followed by Christian, our CFO, who will present the financials. Thereafter, I will do the closing and hand over to the moderator for Q&A.
We grew our Q2 revenues versus last year. Our unified technology platform is performing significantly better than 1 year ago and provides a stronger basis for future growth. We also saw many positive signals from our growth drivers. Our existing client base was loyal and furthermore showed some high retention rates. Their spend, however, was below last year. While we also have clients that grew their revenues and while we also onboarded a lot of new clients, we saw several client segments as well as individual clients that reduced or postponed budgets. The advertising spend in parts of the open Internet was weighed down by amongst others, macroeconomic headwinds and tariffs and elevated oil prices. We saw negative effects, especially in key advertising categories such as travel, CPGs, automotive as well as parts of Large Tech. Overall, organic growth was up 3.5% versus last year, which is, however, below our expectations. Our overall revenue grew to EUR 152.3 million for the quarter with underlying 3.5% organic growth, 4.6% M&A-based growth and a negative currency effect of 1.7%. We onboarded several new clients and have a strong retention rate of 99%. Our gross margin was at a similar high level as previous quarter, showing the positive effect of our platform unification and the use of AI.
Our EBITDA was slightly above last year with a stable EBITDA margin, reflecting investments in our business as previously announced. Our cash position remains strong also in the weaker period of the year. We reaffirm our guidance for full year 2026. While organic growth was lower than anticipated, the first half of 2026 was already designed as a front-loaded investment phase. We are seeing efficiency uplift from AI and organizational optimizations and have developed strong growth drivers, which we expect to be supported by the usual seasonality. Via our Ad Intelligence platform, we connect advertisers with publishers. Being mobile first, we have developed a strong position as one of the leading companies in the space. Mobile represents 90% of our revenues. Out of that, in-app represents the vast majority. We remain heavily North America and especially U.S. focused, which is the largest advertising market in the world. North America represents 75% of our revenues.
Being among the top 15 ad tech companies in the U.S., we have built a lot of substance with well over 1,100 large software clients, which are clients with over $100,000 of revenues per year with over 65,000 app integrations and reaching over 2.5 billion consumers and having served 1.2 trillion ads in the last 12 months.
Now I'm getting into the headline overview of our revenue, gross margin and EBITDA development. While I covered the headlines, Christian will, in the finance section, cover more details. Net revenue increased year-on-year by 6.5%, reaching EUR 152.3 million in Q2 2026. This development was driven against the backdrop of the market headwinds as mentioned and alongside the execution of technology and inventory optimization. Our gross profit margin has structurally improved based on optimizations, AI and improvements following our platform unification. In addition, and as mentioned earlier, the company continued to pursue internal optimization measures in technology and inventory. We also focus on strategic partnerships, which are based on rebates a bit lower margins, however, are expected to generate structural long-term revenues for the future. Our adjusted EBITDA was up versus the first quarter of 2026 and slightly up compared to Q2 last year. While we, on one hand, increased our cost base based on our investments such as sales team buildup and investment into retail media, we, on the other hand, are making good progress with cost savings based on AI optimization and increased focus on growth areas.
I would like to now cover the development of our main KPIs. The number of ad impressions decreased. This was due to our continued focus on higher margin and higher quality inventory, less volume, more margin and better quality. Our ad impressions as a result of that decreased by 10% versus Q2 last year. Our net dollar retention rate, the graph on the left bottom side, increased to 95%. While this is above the previous quarter and also last year, it is still under 100%, showing that the existing customer base spend has decreased versus last year. Our revenue growth resulted mainly from adding new customers, similar as in the previous quarters. While the large over $100,000 per year client number was up 21.5% year-on-year, we were able to increase our total number of customers even stronger by 36%. And while clients spend less than last year, they were loyal. With 99%, we continue to have a very high retention rate, showing the satisfaction of our clients.
I'll now go in more detail with regards to what drives the commercial side of our business. First of all, I'm very happy that we unified our platform. After last year's issues with unification, the platform is stable. The focus is now on optimizing margin management, data and AI-based targeting effectiveness as well as pruning less efficient and lower margin supply. If you look at the overall market, we see several developments. We are furthermore seeing a gap between walled garden revenues and the open Internet. The walled gardens are outpacing almost all of the ad tech players. In the open Internet, especially the web, ad focused publishers are under pressure based on the LLMs. And based on market pressure, we see advertisers focusing more of the spend on players that can generate measurable outcomes.
We are further doubling down on growing our sales force and expanding our sector focus. As mentioned earlier, we continued our investment in growth. We continued to grow our sales team, which allows us to address more agencies and clients. Even though ramp-up takes time, we are seeing positive results from this strategy. The same comes for our sector focus. We have, within a short period of time, established the largest retail media network in Germany. While getting media budgets for a new solution takes time, we now started seeing first positive results with top brands starting tests and some of them already giving first larger budget commitments.
Looking at our customer segments, we see a heterogeneous development of the segments. With macroeconomic pressure creating uncertainty, we saw different developments of sectors but also individual partners. While gaming and entertainment advertising performed well, we saw weakness in travel, CPG, automotive and also Large Tech. The FIFA World Cup did not provide a broad market catalyst, instead its impact felt primarily in highly selective areas such as prediction markets in which we are not active. We continued our focus on making our proposition better. Based on our strong mobile network position with our own SDK, we doubled down on the advertising intelligence of our platform, focused on improving the various modules of the platform, including the AI and data parts. This requires a lot of testing and efforts. Also AI-based product development supports targeting and efficiency. These are mostly internal efforts, and therefore, it's great to see that with achieving the Adweek Tech Stack award, these great efforts are also seen externally.
Next to our focus on improving our offerings and increasing our customer base, we also continue our focus on efficiency. In Q2, we made changes in our organization structure to sharpen our strategic focus and optimize our cost base. We substantially reduced our workforce and amongst others, closed our Berlin office. Overall, we expect, from these measures, efficiency gains of EUR 8 million per year and the optimization led to a EUR 4.2 million one-off cost in Q2. Beyond our operational efficiency measures, relocating our corporate [indiscernible] to Ireland is a key strategic move. It aligns us more closely with our peer group and primary market, strengthening our capital market positioning for the long term while technically enable us potential future direct listing in the U.S.
Overall, we continued building and growing our company. In Q2, we further focused on outcome measurement, AI, retail media and also expanding our sales capacity, with that directly addressing where advertiser demand is moving. While we don't see our improvements fully reflected in our growth in Q2, we are confident that our strategic direction remains right on point.
I'm now getting to our opportunity for long-term sustainable growth. We do not have a strong supply base such as Google, Meta or Amazon, the so-called walled gardens. We united supply from thousands of apps and publishers, the so-called Internet. Looking at some market numbers, it becomes clear that the walled gardens capture a disproportionate share of the budget and are able to monetize their ad views much better. Whereas only 1/3 of consumer time is spent within the walled gardens, they attract 80% of the advertiser spend. And they are able to get $0.14 per ad spend per user hour while the open Internet only gets half of that. The strong position of the walled gardens are based on measurable outcomes at scale. And that's what Verve is building. In the past years -- we have been building scale with over 65,000 apps, 1.2 trillion ads served in the last 12 months, we are one of the largest players in the open Internet.
In the past few years, we have also built our intelligence platform. We acquired several stacks and unified them, building a technology platform that includes demand side, supply side and data technology. With AI, we have and are further building the intelligence of the platform, matching the advertisers' wish to reach the right audiences and measure results with the wish of the publisher to have the best-in-class return for their ads. Hence, we have built one of the best and deepest data sets in the market. While we started with strong focus on ID-less targeting in line with market development, we added ID-based data. Also, we have added a strong position in intent-based data where we started with search intent and polling data and now lately also added LLM data. The combination of which we have now enables us to target and measure at scale. That's what we have built so far. This is great and brought us to where we are. However, we want to go further. We want to do this more sector-specific and with more market differentiation.
One of the largest advertising categories are CPGs. Retail media has become a big growing part of the advertising market. But this market has issues. First of all, most digital focus goes into online stores and online shopping. But over 95% of all shopping takes place in physical stores. So that's the place where most purchase decisions are taken. Secondly, even though there are screens and other digital advertising possibilities in stores, it's very scattered landscape, and it requires a lot of effort to run a cross-retailer campaign as almost every retailer is selling its own inventory. And thirdly, measuring outcomes is almost impossible. Due to the fragmentation, the funnel for most retail campaigns is broken. There is no full funnel connection between awareness and measure [indiscernible].
Verve saw this gap and is now working on solving it. We started out in Germany, one of the most competitive retail markets in the world. While we already have a substantial part of our business focusing on digital, online retail parts, for example, [indiscernible] solutions, we now put strong focus on the physical space. We were less than a year able to build the largest multichain in-store retail media network in Germany, now including over 17,000 stores and reaching over 46 million shoppers per week. In the stores, we are able to show ads on screens. We are able to measure at the point of sale and we are able to generate strong data about consumer behavior. We combine this with our [indiscernible] technology, our intent data and our mobile reach. The result is a closed loop that includes targeting and measuring. We are seeing very strong results. With several CPGs, we have run test campaigns, and we showed our strength in improving market shares by increasing sales. As retailers are seeing a clear uplift of their sales, they are also happy with us cooperating with them.
As you can see here, with our extensive digitalized in-store retail media network, we are able to show CPG advertisers where they are winning, respectively losing market share and measure the results of their advertising. Based on knowing what consumers buy and how they react to ads on their mobile, but also in-store, we can help advertisers build their branded network and increase their market positions. We see the CPG advertisers as our partners and can together with them work on analyzing and influencing buyer behavior. And even though we know that it takes time to get and scale ad budgets of CPGs with new solutions, we see very promising first results. We have now also started preparations for our U.S. in-store retail media rollout.
This brings me to the end of my part, and I'm now handing over to Christian for the financials. Christian?
Thank you very much, Remco. The headlines for the financial performance for Q2 are: Number one, revenues continue to grow at a solid pace, 6.5% year-on-year. Our gross profit margin is strong at 40 percentage points and continues to prove out the structural lift versus last year. And we delivered an adjusted EBITDA, which is up versus last year to EUR 30.1 million. So the fundamentals of supporting a scalable business are in place. However, it is also clear that with more supportive market conditions in this quarter, we could have delivered a significantly stronger performance on both revenue growth and on EBITDA than we did.
I now turn to some of the details of Q2 performance. Here on the left-hand side, you see our revenues and adjusted EBITDA depicted in the bars. We generated EUR 152.3 million in revenues for Q2, which should be compared with EUR 143.1 million like-for-like basis last year. That yields 6.5 percentage points growth on a like-for-like revenue basis. We had 3.5% growth from organic activities, and we had a contribution of 4.6 percentage points from acquisitive businesses. We continue to have some headwind from the currency and the U.S. dollar, but a much, much more moderate part than we've seen in the previous quarters and the headwind this quarter was minus 1.7 percentage points. That all means that both our core existing business is growing as well as the businesses that we have bought.
If I now turn to adjusted EBITDA, we came in at EUR 30.1 million in Q2, up from EUR 29.5 million in same period last year. That's a 2.2 percentage point lift, roughly EUR 600,000, and we land on a margin of 19.8 percentage points. In line with our messaging in our Q1 call, we continued the sales team ramp-up and our expansion, and that is weighing on margins for first half. We expect that to reverse in the second half of this year. This is on an adjusted EBITDA basis also a quarter where we exhibited quite some items affecting comparability, all in all, EUR 9.3 million. We had personnel expenses mostly related to severances from the restructuring of EUR 4.2 million, and we had legal and advisory costs, for instance, associated with the relocation to Ireland and also the restructuring of EUR 1.5 million and other nonrecurring one-off expenses of EUR 3.6 million.
There's, of course, a future payoff behind some of these larger structural changes in the organization. And while we incurred the severance payments and one-off expenses of EUR 4.2 million in the quarter, we expect those changes to generate at least EUR 8 million annualized savings comparing to our current run rate. And those savings should start to become visible in Q3 and Q4.
I then turn to one of the highlights of the quarter, which is our gross profit margin here depicted on the left-hand side. We're very pleased that we generated 40.0% in gross profit margin. It's a strong uplift versus same period prior year of 6.9 percentage points. The main reasons are largely the same as we have talked about in previous calls and in Q1 call, i.e., it's the margin optimization that we are now able to do on our improved unified platform. It's optimization of our publisher ad requests and it's also our ways of working with optimizing our cloud cost. Especially this quarter, our cloud cost was, of course, also helped by the fact that we had lower impression volumes. You'll see a 1 percentage point decline from previous quarter, and that is mostly or is influenced by a stronger focus on strategic partnerships where we, through investments and rebate programs, incentivized to take a bigger share of their business.
Looking now at operating cash flow on an LTM basis here depicted on the left-hand side, you see that we, on an LTM basis, had EUR 105.3 million in operating cash flow before net working capital. We had EUR 99 million in operating cash flow after net working capital. These 2 bars are roughly balanced with only a minimal investment in working capital. And this is a very positive thing and also addresses the disparity that we saw second half of last year, 2025, where there was an imbalance between the 2 bars.
If I now turn to the right-hand side and an outlook for our CapEx development, we estimate that we will have a CapEx investment this year between EUR 74 million to EUR 79 million, comprising of 2 parts. One is maintenance and expansion CapEx in the level of EUR 40 million to EUR 45 million, and the other part is acquisition CapEx. We are well on plan for our expansion and maintenance CapEx trending towards the lower level of the EUR 40 million to EUR 45 million range. It's important to note here that it consists of 2 parts. So one being the EUR 9 million we have in maintenance CapEx. So this is CapEx we need to do every year to keep our platform running and well oiled. And then we have EUR 33 million in expansion CapEx. And this is essentially investments we're doing that we can turn up and down as we want and is also a flexibility we have in the face of potential structural challenges in the market. We have, for this year, EUR 34 million of acquisitive CapEx. These are for acquisitions that we have already done, including Jun Group and Captify, and we have a deferred tranche remaining for this year of EUR 9.9 million, which is scheduled for October this year.
Now turning to our cash position and the movement in our cash position. We came in at EUR 132.4 million for our cash position end of Q2. That's EUR 14.8 million down from our ending cash position in Q1. You'll see here the major contributors and uses of cash. We had EUR 16.1 million of cash generated from operations, which is very solid. It's actually up versus Q1, where we have EUR 11.5 million. We had a minimal investment in net working capital of EUR 6.1 million, then EUR 8.7 million goes to investment activities. This is mainly building of our capitalized investments in development and cash flow from financing activities of EUR 16.4 million, which are mainly interest costs.
I think it's worthwhile noting that we had 2 extraordinary expenses or uses of cash this quarter. We had an EUR 8.5 million one-off settlement of taxes on a tax audit of Germany from 2011 to 2019. This is a one-off. And therefore, had we not had that, our operating cash flow for the quarter would have been EUR 8.5 million higher. We also used EUR 2.7 million for selective buyback of bonds. We had the possibility to buy back bonds at very favorable terms. And given we have such strong cash position, we saw it advantageous to do so. Our securitization facility is close to fully utilized or drawn at the EUR 100 million.
And now moving to balance sheet structure. Here on the left-hand side, our adjusted leverage ratio. We had EUR 462 million in net interest-bearing debt, up from EUR 448 million last quarter. The movement is mainly due to the lower cash position, and it takes our leverage ratio up to 3.3x, up from 3.1x. Our interest coverage ratio ends at 4.4x and is largely unchanged compared to [indiscernible].
That ends finance section, and I will now hand back to Remco for the guidance.
Thank you, Christian. Based on H1 performance and the anticipated growth acceleration in H2 as well as current trading in Q3, Verve reaffirms its full year guidance communicated at the beginning of the year. We guide for revenues in the range between EUR 680 million and EUR 730 million and an EBITDA in the range between EUR 145 million and EUR 175 million. Q2 and Q1 are the seasonally lower quarters of the year and quarters that we used to invest in our future growth and profitability. The first half of 2026 was from the beginning designed as a front-loaded investment phase. Although Q2 was additionally affected by less favorable market conditions, leading to our advertising partners scaling their ad spend slower than anticipated, we expect a strong end of the year based on seasonality, but especially our growth investments starting to pay off.
I'm now turning to the last page of the presentation. In the last quarters, we have been building the foundation for the next phase of scalable growth with focus on more differentiation versus competition and addressing the need of advertisers for more measurable outcomes at scale. Here, I want to summarize in more detail what we are building. We have, as shown earlier in the presentation, in the past years built scale with a strong mobile in-app focus, over 65,000 apps, 1.2 trillion ad served in the last 12 months, a unified ad intelligence platform that includes demand side, supply side and data technology. And with AI, we have and are further building the intelligence of that platform. Hence, we have built one of the best and deep data sets in the market with ID-less and ID-based data and a strong position in intent-based and [indiscernible] data.
As further elaborated before, we are now working on building strong outcome measurement solutions based on closed loops and providing outcomes. We are expanding our retail media network in Germany and rolling it out to the U.S., building scale, ensuring that we can measure the results and getting advertising agencies to spend on our network so we can ramp up revenues. And we continue to focus on operational efficiency, including, amongst others, optimized focus and cost. And with AI, we are working on streamlining our work processes. Another important focus point is our corporate Ireland relocation, getting leaner and U.S. ready. Verve has shown strong growth in the past years with revenue and EBITDA CAGR consistently over 30%. But with our past consistent growth path, we have also, in the last year, seen that our growth is not a straight line. With our strengthened base, our strong position, our investments in growth and further disciplined and focus on cost efficiencies, we are confident that we will show strong further profitable growth in the second half of this year as well as in the coming years. I would like to thank all our investors, employees and other partners for their trust. And I'm now handing over to the moderator for questions.
Great. Thank you both for your presentation. We will now move on to the Q&A, and it looks like we will have to do some improvisation as our system provider seems to have problems with the Q&A button. So I already received some questions via e-mail. [Operator Instructions]. The first question comes from our analyst from Canaccord, Matthew Weber. First question, I wanted to ask about the second half. The full year outlook implies a pretty meaningful step-up from the first half run rate. And you've pointed to a few drivers, the expanded sales team becoming more productive as well as the continued build of closed-loop solutions and retail media. Could you help us size those relative to one another? Then with the second half, does the outlook contemplate budgets that were displayed in Q2 being deployed in H2?
Shall I take the first one? First of all, thank you, Matthew. Yes, it's -- let's say, we are geared for growth and you have exactly hit the right point. I mean, we are increasing sales. That means we are onboarding more customers, as you saw in our numbers. We're working on better results that means scaling the customers that we have, so scaling the share of wallet. And we are starting with, let's say, new pockets basically because we were not strongly active in Germany and the media network there is really a strong proposition that we have.
The one that you were missing is further technical optimization of the platform. AI is a strong, how to say, generator for further, how to say, better matching the advertise demand with the publisher supply. So that's another point that we're working on. And those things together -- and yes, we give guidance, but we don't go in every detail of the guidance. But those things together are showing results, and we expect to show stronger results, further results. Plus on top of it, we get this normal seasonality. And one thing, one factor maybe that's a special factor for this year, that is the midterm elections in the U.S. Elections in the U.S. normally give big budgets for media. We're not especially geared or focused on it, but it's still, let's say, also runs through our platform, and it will overall in the market increase demand and with that also prices.
So if you take those factors together, where, let's say, the smaller one or the more difficult one to predict is the midterm election, which is always also smaller, by the way, than the full elections. But with all those and seeing, let's say, the start of Q3 and where we're moving within Q3, we are confident to be within the guidance.
Great. Next question also from...
Maybe answer the second question that was posed by -- I think there was a question around whether we would see an increase from displaced budgets in the first half of the year. And you can say, in many ways, we are seeing budgets from travel, CPG, automotive being more moderate than we would have expected and what the market projected. And those are typically industries where you can stop or you can moderate your spend for some time, but there are typically also industries where you do need to come back as a major brand owner to advertise. So yes, we do see some of the displaced budgets come back in second half of the year. We're also seeing right now in the last weeks, quite good traction, and we can see good momentum.
Great. So second question from Matthew Weber. On the supply side of the platform, you noted a deliberate decision to step back from non-premium inventory alongside the greater focus on strategic partnerships. Could you talk about how far through that shift you are and how we should think about the trade-off between impression volume and revenue per impression from here?
Yes, just not enough. Can I take that question. Thank you very much also, Matthew, for that one. The supply side, indeed, we have connections to a lot of publishers, but also connections to other platforms. Especially that latter part is part that you not always fully control and where we, especially in the second quarter, have worked on, let's say, more severe methodologies to look at who's bringing good traffic, not such good traffic, all in line with our mission to make media better. We want to deliver really valuable traffic and not vaguish traffic, if I may call it that way.
So in that sense, we see, let's say, a reduction in views or, let's say, in ad views, as you have seen, 10% versus last year and even stronger versus last quarter. But that's really -- it's often very low quality. It's also low CPM and that brings me to the second part of your question. The pricing for those parts of advertising are often also much lower, and that's the reason that we are reducing there. Might also have had a bit of an impact on our overall revenue or, let's say, lesser growth on the organic, but it's something that we want to go through on our path towards the future to really be standing here as, how to say, strong party that makes media better.
We have disconnected some partners. We have taken -- let's say, reduced volumes of certain partners. So that's, let's say, what you see the effect in the ad views. And to your question, I think most of that now is done in Q2, and we're now more into ramping up, let's say, the good ones, which we also did, of course, in Q2 and the early ones. But the biggest part of sorting this out has been done.
Sorry, I wasn't unmuted yet. So next questions come from our analyst from Cantor Fitzgerald. Question number one, for H2, what assumptions are you making with regards to the macro and advertising spend improving? And could you quantify the other contributors apart from seasonality to the H2 revenue bridge to get to your guidance?
Yes. I assume that the question was about H2 and not H1.
Yes. So what's happening in H2?
U.S. is our largest market, 75%. So that's the one that I'll concentrate on with my answer. Macro is, let's say, not great in the U.S. On the other hand, U.S. is pretty resilient. If you look at consumer, how to say, happiness at the moment, there's a big split between the ones that have money and are more well off and let's say, the ones that don't have so much money. And there you see also a change in spend. You see also that the credit card borrowings are at an almost all-time high. I have to say, the interest for houses, et cetera, is at a high point. So the situation for the consumer in the U.S. is not a super easy one. And with the war continuing in the Middle East, it's also not likely that oil prices surely will come down. So in that sense, we further expect that there will be some pressure from the market side. But that having said, as I mentioned before, the U.S. market has always been proven to be very resilient. And as Christian also said before, advertising is a thing that you can stop temporarily or you can postpone it, but it doesn't make sense to stop the long term because you lose sustainable position. And that's the part that we have seen that some budgets that were stopped or as people said, they are postponed and you never know when they come back. We see them partly or majority-wise even coming back now in Q3.
So looking at the market, yes, the market is not in a perfect condition, but we are still a small party. So we have the ability to grow. We have very good products. We have very good propositions. We have an increased sales team. And we see, as mentioned, some budgets coming back from the ones that were postponed in Q2. So I'm confident that we will show strong growth. And you mentioned it already yourself, the seasonality also will come in. But I think that's also coming back to the answer that I gave to Matthew's question before.
Yes. And I think also question 2 is on that point. So did you see a trend improved in July, August, but I think you flagged that this is the case.
Yes. We see a positive trend line in Q3.
Great. Then question number three, gross margin trajectory. Q2 gross margin stepped down 100 bps Q-on-Q to 40% due to strategic partnerships. Is this the new run rate? Or should we expect further pressure? What's the H2 exit rate you're targeting?
Yes. I can take that question. Yes, gross margin, we have structurally improved since by platform unification, by efficiency, also by pruning, let's say, lower quality volumes. And let's say, it will not be a flat line. So it's not a flat 40% or 39% or like that. With, let's say, more volume, we will get into a bit more efficiency. With, let's say, more added value in our ads, we will get to a higher margin. And on the other hand, with a bit more partnering, we reduce a bit or we get a bit back on rebates and things like that. So in that sense, I would say the range we are in now, you can consider, let's say, for the rest of the year as well, that's what we're striving at, plus/minus 1% or so. If I look more longer term and with more size and more added value and more differentiation, I would rather expect that we can further increase it.
Next questions come from Benedikt from ABG. I think the first question has been answered already. Next question is walled gardens. What gives you confidence that weaker customer spending reflects postponed budgets rather than a structural shift from the open Internet towards walled gardens?
Good question, and thanks for that, Benedikt. What gives the confidence? The confidence is that this market is very big, and there's a big part outside of the walled gardens. And as I've shown in one of the slides, there's much more time spent outside of the walled gardens. But the walled gardens, let's say, they act very well together. They have great measuring, great outcomes, all these things. So it's up to us and our, let's say, peers in the market to really make sure that we can handle the scale that we have, let's say, an efficient platform, that we have the data to do the right targeting and that we can show the outcomes with that. And that's what we -- and I hope that came out clearly in the presentation. That's what we are working on is really -- further making sure that we are better in showing the outcomes and Retail Media is a good example of that because we're showing the outcomes, you can show that you are, yes, outperforming the walled gardens, and that is what it's about.
And yes, to your question, there might be some budgets that went to the walled gardens. If you look at the numbers from Google, for example, they have a strong growth on their walled gardens, their YouTube revenues, and they had actually a decline on their open market revenues. So there is a bit of shift happening there. But the market outside, as mentioned, especially the ad views and the consumers that are there, the potential is there. We have to do it. So that -- I hope that answers the question.
Next question from [indiscernible], Retail Media. How material is retail media currently? And does the 2026 guidance assume a meaningful contribution before advertisers allocate their 2027 budgets?
Yes. Let me also take that one. Thanks for that question as well. Retail Media, let's say, we did the Acardo acquisition last year. So that is bringing a bit of substance in there, but it's not a huge revenue. But we see structural growth there. But if you look at the total percentage of revenues that we have not, let's say, given that number out, but the overall percentage of revenue of which we're doing in Germany is still small. Seeing, however, that, let's say, we had to use the first time to build the network that we are now, with tests, with brands and with retailers, really showing extremely good results and also already getting the first kind of budgets booked in us and also larger budgets because when we took over Acardo, they were typically getting EUR 5,000, EUR 10,000, maybe a bit larger budgets for campaign. And we're now getting first budgets in with EUR 100,000 and more per campaign. So we're doing something right there. We're showing it. Brands that we're working with are enthusiastic about it. And yes, we expect it to really ramp up in, let's say, for the rest of the year, and already saw some of that in Q3. But the bigger jump we expect next year because a lot of, I would say, brand budgets are really allocated in the fourth quarter for -- in the last quarter of the year fourth quarter for the next year. So if you do well this year, we see nice revenue jump already there, but the bigger jump would come next year.
The next couple of questions come from our analyst from Inderes, Christoffer Jennel. In the Q1 deck, full year '25 like-for-like revenue was EUR 602 million. In this report, it's EUR 637 million. What drove this change in Q1? Given the remaining unification steps, for example, CTV, concluded during 2026, will the base move again?
Maybe I can take that question. So we still have certain parts that we are unifying. We are very, very far on the web unification, and we have one remaining part, which is CTV, which is roughly half migrated. And that means that there will be a further effect also in Q3 where the remainder of the CTV will be migrated. What we try to do and why you see the numbers shift is we try the best we can to provide a like-for-like growth. And that means when we, for instance, measure now revenues in Q2, we compare it to what would the revenues have been in previous time periods had we had that level of unification. So we try to make it as best as a like-for-like comparison, and that is the reason for the shift in the number.
Next questions are on securitization. Your securitization program is similar to as in Q1, almost fully drawn. Have you now fully onboarded the new 2 entities to the program? And where are you in the process in terms of increasing the program's capacity? What should we expect going forward?
Okay. That's clearly a question for me as well. Let me start with the second part. We are right now making the final documents on an expansion of the securitization program. I expect that to be signed within the next couple of weeks. I don't want to give out too much details. Those are still being negotiated, but it will be a marked expansion of the program. And thus, we have the ability to draw more on the securitization program than we do now, which is capped at EUR 100 million. Sorry, there was a second part of the question, if you could repeat, Ingo.
And where are you in the process in terms of increasing the program's capacity? What should we expect going forward? And maybe add on also what capacity would we need at a level of EUR 1 billion in revenue?
Well, on a EUR 1 billion of revenue, we would surely need a much, much bigger size. We would be targeting at least somewhere between EUR 150 million to EUR 200 million in size. I think there was also another part of the question around Viewento and Acardo and Capify, which are other businesses that are on the securitization program now. So we are actually -- structurally, we have added extra businesses, the 2 operating entities on top of the program. There are still some, let's say, business processes that we're working on fine-tuning, but largely, they are now on the program.
Okay. I think next question goes to Remco. Why did Chief Revenue Officer, Dave Simon, leave after 4 months? And what does that do to the sales productivity ramp up?
Thank you for the question. Our Chief Revenue Officer, Dave Simon, who joined indeed left after half a year. We mutually agreed about him leaving. There is a confidentiality agreement in place. So I'm not able to give any reasons for it. We are professionalizing the company. We're growing the company and, let's say, it is important that we have good people at positions. I had a good relation with Dave. Yes, I'm kind of -- as always in those things, there's a said and maybe let's say, there's an opportunity at else. And we have promoted Alessandro Giuliani, who was managing part of the exchanges, namely the demand side exchanges to be responsible for the full exchanges, so including the marketplace. He's doing that since a few weeks. And yes, I'm very happy with him doing that. He's [indiscernible] the company already. We know him very well. He's done great things before. And we're confident that he will further also scale the marketplace in a good way.
Next question is from Johannes [indiscernible] from Investors. In the press release, you mentioned the preparation of a listing in the U.S. During the call, you did not mention anything about this. Can you give some more details about it? What is the time line after the move to Ireland?
Yes, I can take that one. Maybe I mumble too much, but it was meant to be said, and I think I said it, so sorry for that.
Just not that publicly.
I'm not so clear on this. No, we are further looking into U.S. listing. We have also spoken about that earlier. And to be able to do a direct listing and not get into ADRs. We need to be, let's say, the choice was to go to Ireland to have that possibility. That will happen now October 1 or -- and we're looking actually at that we don't have too much trading time as an outage. So it might be that it's 1 or 2 days later than that. But that's the timing that we are looking now for relocation to Ireland. And after that, we have the possibility to do the listing.
Technically, our IFRS upgrade has been prepared to do that. So we are basically ready for that. We have worked on internal control systems, all the things. But then there is more factors to take into account, and that's how the market develops in the U.S., how, let's say, the overall sector develops, things like that. But we basically would be ready from the end of this year onwards to do a listing in the U.S. It has not formally been decided to also make that very clear, but it makes a lot of sense. Our peers are there. Let's say, it's -- for people know the sector much more, we basically the only one in Europe that is really -- yes, let's say -- and that costs a lot of stuff, how to say, effort to convince institutionals and analysts if you're the only company in the sector. So in that sense, super happy and looking forward.
And there's one other point, sorry, that I forgot to mention that is reporting in dollars. In the first quarter of this year, we had a very strong negative headwind around 8% of the U.S. dollar versus euro. Now in the second quarter, we had 1.7%. We always need to start explaining. And let's say, if you have a negative headwind, you need to already make it up in euros -- sorry, in growth to be flat in euros. So in that sense, that's another point that we're looking into is really reporting in dollars, and that's yes, probably also coming up pretty soon.
I should maybe mention exactly on the reporting in U.S. dollars, we expect that we can do that from January in the next year.
Great. Next questions come from Ellis Acklin from First Berlin. You deliberately reduced lower quality non-premium inventory during Q2. What triggered that decision? How much did it weigh on impressions and revenue growth? And is the cleanup now largely complete? Or should we expect another drag in Q3? What should the trade-off ultimately look like between lower volumes, CPMs and gross margin? It was partly answered, but some...
Yes, it was partly answered, but I'll take the headlines here. So it was done on purpose because we really want to go -- yes, make them get better, that's a repetition of what I said before. So we did it deliberately to really start cleaning up and get, let's say, lower quality. The effect on revenue is not as big as on the number of ad views because it's lower-priced inventory also. So in that sense, it has a quite low effect on the revenue, but it had a substantial effect as you saw on the impressions. And I mentioned it already before, we are largely done with it. It's a continuous process. You always do things like this, but the heavy change that we did in Q2, let's say, is done.
Next question is on the guidance. Given the softer-than-expected Q2 organic growth and more cautious market backdrop, has the mix of outcomes with the EUR 680 million to EUR 730 million revenue range changed? Does current trading still support the midpoint? Or should we now think about the lower half of the range as the more realistic planning case?
I can take a shot at it and answer it. If we would be certain that we would end up at a certain part of the range, we would have, let's say, reduce the size of the range. So in the sense of -- in line with what I said before, we see a very good ramp-up. Also, like I said before, growth is very difficult to have a linear line of growth because, I mean, some growth goes faster, some a bit less, where we saw a weaker Q2. And we have, as mentioned already said, it's -- let's say, we had a front-loaded from the investment phase in the budget, and we had a quite a big range also. But we still are confident that we will be in the range, and it can be on the lower side, but it can as well be on the higher side. There's a lot possible. We see good momentum. And yes, it's difficult to give, and I think it's also not what we had to do, but we stick with the range.
Please also keep in mind 2 things. First, the general seasonality of H2 versus H1, which can be shifted a bit this year because we have seen more moderate market growth in the first half of the year. That goes back to the discussion of whether when you lower -- when certain sectors lower their advertising spend, will it then come back? And is there a pent-up need for second half? That's number one.
Number two is we have been investing heavily in sales force in both back in last year, but also in this year, and we expect outcome of that in line with what we said that it normally takes somewhere between 9 and 15 months for a salesperson to deliver. So that will also benefit us in the second half of the year.
I think the next question is also for you, again, from Christoffer Jennel from Inderes. The CEO letter puts the quarter's one-off costs at EUR 4.2 million, but items affecting comparability were EUR 9.3 million. Can you reconcile those and tell us what the EUR 3.6 million in other expenses in the reconciliation table is? And is the EUR 8 million of annualized savings measured against EUR 4.2 million or EUR 9.3 million.
Let me start with the second part. So the EUR 8 million in savings that we estimate from restructuring are basically connected to this EUR 4.2 million in severance and restructuring costs. That was one question. In the other one-off nonrecurring expenses, we had quite some expenses to certain positions in our organization where we had to take interim management for a shorter time, and this was to basically cover off some positions that are critical, but we needed to fill quickly to keep momentum in the business. That's largely the explanation. There are also other factors behind the EUR 3.6 million boost.
Yes. Maybe to add something to that, a lot of that has to do also with the relocation to Ireland, which brought extra costs in preparation for the U.S. dollar reporting those things where we had additional costs. Sorry, Christian, but I think that was important to mention.
Okay. And the second question from [indiscernible], is on our midterm perspective we once put out. The 25% to 30% revenue CAGR and 30% to 35% EBITDA margin perspective were reconfirmed on the Q1 2025 call and has since been described as a perspective, not a target, nor a guidance. How do you think investors should view this development? Are these figures no longer something you want to be held accountable for?
I can answer that. As it was not a guidance or not a hard number, it is a thing what we think that we are able to do with this company. And I hold myself accountable for it, but investors shouldn't hold us accountable for it. I think this company should most of all grow and also there's a lot of other things that we need to keep in mind, which is leverage where we need to work on, which is, how to say, risks that are in the business, et cetera. We have shown in the past years that we are able to grow 25%, 30%. I'm confident that this company can do it. But as also mentioned in the answer before, it's not really a steady line. I mean there will be always some fluctuations in this growth. But the market has the potential. We have built a strong position and with the things that we are now working on, salespeople, retail media, et cetera, et cetera. There is so much growth potential that we have that I'm confident that this company really can grow with that speed. But it's not a hard guidance to make that [indiscernible].
Next questions come from our analyst from Berenberg, [indiscernible]. Number one has been partially answered. Could you talk about capital allocation and your aim to lower financial leverage? At what securitization is work currently running?
Yes. So I think -- I answered the securitization question. We are running at EUR 100 million. The second part is we do see with the scaling of -- an acceleration of our revenues and especially EBITDA in the second half of the year that we will be going down in net leverage ratio for the second half of the year, towards the end of the year. I will not put out a specific number that we will end up at the end of the year because it all depends on how the development is. But we see that when we model it out, it will have a material effect on our net leverage ratio and go down.
Second question from Andreas is, how do you measure sales efficiency on the demand side? And what is the average revenue per salesperson you are seeing for H2?
Good question. That's exactly what we're doing. Let's say, we are measuring salespeople very exact and that starts with measuring how many reach outs they do, how many meetings they have, how the results are, how many, how to say, things we can make an offer for. There's often RFPs that are in the market. So those are first parts that, of course, we look into. And then we start looking, of course, into what's the revenue per head, what's profitability per head. Those are competitive figures, and we don't give them out, but those are super important KPIs for us internally to, of course, measure.
And as mentioned, we are hiring new sellers. And for those, also, it's important that they start basically after 12 months, at least covering their own salaries and that we get positive return on them after it. And if they're not covering their own salaries and that's by far the minimum that they should, then, of course, they have to be replaced.
And the third question from Andreas is, what level of EBITDA adjustments shall we expect for H2?
So we normally have somewhere between EUR 3 million to EUR 4 million a quarter. So for H2, I would also say that it would be roughly EUR 8 million in EBITDA adjustments. This quarter was unusual, which I also stated clearly. It was a very unusual quarter because we had such big structural changes that we implemented. And we, of course, do that because we can see that it will have a positive effect in the longer term.
Next question comes from Felix Ellmann, our analyst from MPCM. You've always been successful in financing. What is your plan with refinancing of the company? Are you planning to solve this issue even well before maturity date?
Yes, I can answer that. It depends on your definition of well before maturity date. We have, in the past, always refinanced before maturity date. And we usually do that, let's say, 9, 12 months ahead of maturity. It all depends on the market at that given time and where we see it most advantageous. But you should expect that we would refinance ahead of the maturity date. We are now with a combined bond portfolio of EUR 550 million. We may change slightly when we come to that time in terms of which markets we go to because we are a substantial bond even in a Nordic context now.
[Operator Instructions]. Next question comes from [indiscernible]. Your bonds are trading at around 90% of par. Are you looking to buying back bonds to decrease your interest costs? And if not, why?
Shall I answer or you want this question?
I can answer it. Yes, let's say, it's a topic between finance and convertible, of course. They are trading at around 90%. And we have, as Christian showed in his presentation, been lately buying back bonds. We have substantial cash. And if bonds are trading that low, it's financially an attractive thing because it brings down our interest costs. And of course, you buy it cheaper than it was issued. And if, let's say, the market values at the moment that is 90%, it's an opportunity for us to do it. So selectively, we have been buying back bonds, and we will most likely continue.
Great. Thank you, Remco. So it seems there are no further questions. Let me check if somebody sent me here. No. Okay. Then I think we've reached the end of today's call, and there are no further questions from your side. But should you have any additional questions that come to your mind later, please do not hesitate to contact me at Investor Relations again. I think you heard my e-mail address now quite often during this call, but you can also give me a phone call. So with that, we've reached the end of today's call. Thank you for joining us. Have a productive rest of the week, and we look forward to speaking with you again soon. Bye-bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Verve Group — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Verve Group — Q2 2026 Earnings Call
Verve bestätigt Jahresziele trotz schwächerem Q2 — Wachstum durch Akquisitionen, Investitionen in AI und Retail‑Media, aber organisches Momentum bleibt knapp.
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: EUR 152,3 Mio. (+6,5% YoY; organisch +3,5%, M&A +4,6%, Währungseffekt -1,7%)
- Bruttomarge: 40,0% (+6,9 Prozentpunkte YoY) durch Plattform‑Unifikation und Optimierungen
- Adj. EBITDA: EUR 30,1 Mio. (Margin 19,8%); Einmalaufwendungen insgesamt EUR 9,3 Mio.
- KPIs: Ad‑Impressions -10%, Net Dollar Retention 95%, Kundenerhalt 99%
- Cash & Verschuldung: Kasse EUR 132,4 Mio.; Nettoverschuldung EUR 462 Mio., Adjusted Leverage 3,3x
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Plattform & AI: Vollzogene Unifikation stabilisiert Technik; AI‑Optimierungen sollen Zielgruppengenauigkeit und Margen weiter verbessern.
- Retail Media: Aufbau eines Multichain‑In‑Store‑Netzwerks in Deutschland (17.000 Stores, 46 Mio. Shopper/Woche); US‑Rollout in Vorbereitung.
- Kostendisziplin: Personalabbau und Schließung Berlin bringen EUR 8 Mio. jährliche Einsparungen; Umzug nach Irland zur Kapitalmarkt‑Positionierung.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Guidance: Umsatz EUR 680–730 Mio.; EBITDA EUR 145–175 Mio. — Bestätigung für 2026 trotz Q2‑Schwäche.
- Treiber H2: Sales‑Ramp, AI‑Optimierungen, Saisonalität und erwartete Rückkehr verschobener Budgets (u.a. US‑Midterms).
- Risiken: Makrouncertainty, Verlagerung von Budgets in sogenannte Walled Gardens, und Skalierungs‑/Ausführungsrisiken beim Retail‑Rollout.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- H2‑Assumptions: Management nennt Sales‑Team‑Produktivität, technische Optimierungen (AI) und saisonales Momentum als Hauptfaktoren für Beschleunigung.
- Supply‑Cleanup: Gezieltes Abschalten schlechterer Inventare erklärt -10% Impressions; Ziel ist weniger Volumen, höhere Qualität und bessere CPMs; großer Teil der Bereinigung in Q2 erledigt.
- Retail‑Media‑Impact: Derzeit noch klein, erste sechsstellige Kampagnen eingeworben; größere Umsatzwirkung erwartet eher 2027, aber erstes Upside schon in H2 sichtbar.
⚡ Bottom Line
Verve bleibt trotz schwächerem organischem Wachstum auf Kurs: Plattform‑Unifikation und AI heben Margen, Retail‑Media bietet strukturelles Upside. Reaffirmierte Guidance zeigt Vertrauen in H2‑Rally, aber hohe Abhängigkeit von Markterholung, Ausführung beim Retail‑Rollout und der Reduktion der Verschuldung (Leverage 3,3x). Aktionäre sollten auf Retail‑Monetarisierung, Margenentwicklung und Verringerung der Financial Leverage achten.
Verve Group — Analyst/Investor Day - Verve Group SE
1. Management Discussion
Good morning to everybody in America, and good afternoon to everybody joining us from Europe. Thank you for joining us today, whether you're here with us in New York City or joining us online. My name is Ingo Middelmenne and as Head of Investor Relations of Verve Group, I would like to cordially welcome you to this year's Verve Capital Markets Day.
Once again, we have had intense weeks behind us and the whole team and I are really thrilled to finally have you with us. As usual, we have prepared a focused and a hope, very useful program for you. A business update from our management team, a closer look at Verve's commercial and financial development and a set of expert sessions on some of the topics that are shaping our industry right now.
We will also make sure we leave enough time for your questions, both here in the room and from our audience online. Before we start, and to make our legal department feel a little better. Please enjoy the usual disclaimer on forward-looking statements. Okay. Now I think we all feel a lot safer.
The Internet is a powerful alternative to the walled gardens, and it lives in your pocket. Your mobile phone, ladies and gentlemen, is probably the most powerful marketing tool in the world. Consumers around the world look at its display 3, 4, sometimes 5 hours a day. And the industry is only just beginning to use this potential for targeted advertising with outcomes superior to those of any other advertising channel.
Today, you will receive deep insights into how Verve transforms underleveraged mobile signals into premium advertising outcomes, ultimately aiming to be the first company to unlock the full potential of the open Internet by creating closed loops and that so far, have only been seen within the walled gardens. But first, let me briefly introduce today's speakers to you.
We will start Part 1 with Remco Westermann, our CEO, followed by Christian Duus, our CFO. After the coffee break, we will then move into the expert sessions of the day. I'm very pleased that Dr. Usama Fayyad, will join us for today's keynote, Usama, thanks for making that possible. After that, it's Raimund, President Verve Retail Media, who has built a truly phenomenal thing together with his team over the past 11 months. He will talk about the closed loop we created in Retail Media, a key driver of our future revenue growth. And finally, Mishel, our Chief Business Officer, who is always fascinating to listen to. Mishel, great to have you back on stage this year as well.
Mishel will talk about how predicting consumer intent will fundamentally change how consumer targeting works in the future. So how will this all unfold today? We're now starting with Part 1, the Verve business update. In a moment, Remco will welcome you and introduce you to Verve's general business model followed by his commercial update.
At 10:00, Christian will take over for the financial session followed by our first Q&A at around 10:30. At 11:00, we will then enjoy a quick coffee break, and let me highlight already now, please be back in the room at 11:30 sharp because then we're going to continue with part 2 of our day. Those are going to be the expert sessions. First, the key note by Osama, then Raimund on Retail Media and then Mishel on predictive targeting.
We will close the expert sessions with a second Q&A session at 13:00 and then enjoy some lunch at half past 1 p.m.
With that, let's get started. Remco, the stage is all yours.
Thank you. Thank you, Ingo. Yes. Welcome, everybody. I also see some people from Europe that made to far travel to visit us here. Yes, we had some discussions where do we do our Capital Markets Day. The last years, we did in Sweden, and now we decided to do it in New York in the U.S. to really emphasize how U.S.-focused we have become and how much opportunity we see in this market here.
I'm going to talk about or let's say, take you into our equity story, our commercial update. We've been building or have -- I've started this company 13 years ago. And if I look where we are today, I'm proud, but I'm also seeing a lot of opportunity to even get much bigger, much stronger. And how we want to do that, where we are focusing, that's what I would like to take you through.
Ingo mentioned it already, the mobile open Internet market, open Internet, not being walled gardens, Facebook, Amazon, et cetera, Google. There's a huge opportunity here. Mobile Internet has been underserved and underestimated for years, when you talk to an agency, they said, mobile, that kids playing games, sitting in the basement. That's changed. That's changing. So there's a huge window that's open now. And I would like to first take you through the market.
Why mobile? Mobile is the only advertising channel with a one-to-one consumer relationship. It's always on. People used on average 5 hours per day, 90% of the time inside apps, no other channel comes close to that. It's more persistent than any other medium and it travels with you. It goes everywhere where you are, unmatched signal depth. Because it's always with you, we have a 1:1. It's not one to many, like with CTV or many other channels.
It's very good in capturing intense signals because it knows what you want. And with an SDK integration, software development kits that we technically integrate into the apps. And with that, we get the signals, we can play ads, et cetera. We are really very deep into that. So there's a direct trusted connection between platform, publisher and consumer that we create.
And real intent signals, we'll cover that later in more detail. And especially Mishel will go deeper into that are really great to see what people want to do and to target your advertising on that. Closed loop outcomes. Yes, one of the big issues of the advertising market overall is measuring. When I was at university, I learned from $1 spent, 50% is wasted. I would say that it's much more than that. And it has to do with attribution who organized the sale or who organized the action, it has to do with where do you spend your media for what price do we buy them, how many intermediates are there. There's a lot of stuff there. But in the end, it's about measuring outcomes. Did I really accomplish with my dollars what I wanted to accomplish.
A bit about market size. Yes, we're talking about the global mobile ad spend of $670 billion. If we take search out, which is a big part, then we still have a $450 billion addressable market. And search is interesting because of LLMs, search markets are changing. There's a lot less surge happening. So there's budgets that are coming available from there. But if you then take this $450 billion addressable market and take the open Internet share, then we talk about a TAM of roughly $68 billion, which is big compared to our revenue. So there's ample possibility to grow. And why is it only 20% or less than 20% of the total market, it's cheaper. Cost per reach is better. Budget just hasn't followed the action, but I'll come to that in a minute.
If this market would grow faster if, let's say, if we take a bigger share of the total, so the open market, and that's what the parties in this open market have at their reach, then it could be a much bigger TAM actually. And that's one of the issues that I also cover here that the open -- sorry, I'm going one slide fast, that we see that, let's say, the walled gardens take an enormous amount of spend compared to the reach of consumers, but I'll come to that in a minute.
A bit about LLMs. LLMs, yes, important. LLM's have really taken over a big part of search. They're disrupting consumer behavior. How many of you are using LLMs daily, I guess, everybody, and yes, it's changing the market. It's changing where ad dollars have to go. And what we see happening in this market is that basically consumers are moving in two directions, away from search, into an AI Answer Layer where they gets dialogue, questions being answered. I'm interested in the car. What kind of car, how many people these kind of things, so you get an interactive kind of intent behavior.
And there is a lot of traffic also going into the high intent player, apps, deep utility, real-time data, trust and compounding personalization. 60% of searches now end inside LLMs, traditional search is projected to fall by 25% by 2026. Special interest apps show 15% to 20% increases in session depth and in retention. AI is not our enemy, it's our tailwind.
Now comparing the open Internet with the walled gardens. There's a huge mismatch between spend and ad dollars, between -- sorry, time spent and ad dollars spent. The Internet, 96% of online time, but only 20% of ad spend, walled gardens, 31% of online time, but only -- but 80% of the ad spent. Also, if you look at the cost side, ad spend per user hour, $0.07 for the open Internet and $0.14 in walled gardens. So there's a huge opportunity here that's inefficient and arbitrages as large as this one, don't persist for long. A rebalancing should be coming, and we are well positioned to take part of that.
Why is there such a large discrepancy? Open Internet is not perfect. There are several challenges. The 1 -- the first one is scale. I had a discussion 4, 5 years a year ago, and that was really, let's say, opening my eyes with one of the Holdco bosses, Holdco big agency advertiser agency in the U.S. And he said, I've $6 billion that I need to deploy every year. And then they go to Google, they take $2.5 billion, they go to Facebook or Meta, they take $1 billion. And then I have to work with nuisant small parties like yourself where everybody can take $20 million, $30 million, whatever million dollars. And I think that's one of the problems of the open Internet. We are over 500 companies and people are not really able to run big budgets. That should change, and we are working on that.
Then cost efficient in transparency, we see ads that go over 14 platforms, everybody taking his margin, totally inefficient, not transparent. Quality and depth of data, if you want to target, you need good data, great data. The big advantage of a Google or a Meta, they have such deep data. We have been concentrating on this in the last years to also build a data set that's comparable. We'll cover that later.
Then targeting and segment quality. If I have the data, I need to use them. I need to target. I need to make sure that they don't waste advertising money. And then measurement and outcomes, I need to really prove afterwards that I reach the right people and that the money was well spent. The players who solve these challenges will define the next era of the open Internet advertising.
Now coming to the next part, what are we doing? So we have a huge market that has a lot of opportunities, a lot of disruptions and what are we doing. Go deeper in where we focus at and how we built Verve to win. Verve makes walled gardens performance to the open Internet. So what are we addressing? We are addressing the scale. We are -- you have all had as an investor, the pain of that, we are integrating what we have. So we have SSP, DSP, the whole tech stack vertically integrated, very important.
The closer you get the advertiser to the publisher and to the consumer, the more efficient the whole thing is and more transparent. The depth of data and curation, last years, we have been talking a lot about idealist targeting, but the world is more complex than that. It's idealess and ID-based targeting and a lot of other stuff. That's what I would like to talk about. Then the targeting and measuring of the outcomes. How do we do that? How do we get better? How do we make sure that the advertiser gets more efficient. And the last point is corporate development and balanced growth, of course, very important as a company. We're still a small company in the space, even though we've been growing substantially, but we need to balance our investments versus cash generation, et cetera.
Christian will talk much more about it, but I'll just touch the top of it. Skill matters. We have, and I'm pretty proud about that, built a top 15 ad tech platform in under 6 years. We started 6 years ago when we were still a publisher. We started as a publisher 30 years ago. But we said we are totally frustrated about advertising. We see a huge opportunity, and we started building our ad tech platform by acquisitions. We did 15 acquisitions, then we didn't do acquisitions for two years or a bit over two years, then we did three more acquisitions, and that really built our platform.
We're connecting -- directly connecting advertiser publishers. We did over 500 -- or let's say, we did $579 million of revenue in the last 12 months to end Q1 with over 4,000 software customers. over 1,100 of those are large substantial customers doing over $100,000 per year. We integrated over 65,000 apps. We reached 2.5 billion consumers. We served 1.2 trillion ads. That's a huge number in the last 12 months, and we have over 1,000 -- a bit over 1,000 employees at the moment.
We have reached scale, substantial scale. We can run budgets. But we can also get stronger and we can further build and that's what we're aiming at. So what are we doing? Let me start with the advertising agency side. We focus on midsize agencies, selective direct customers and Holdco agencies. With over 4,000 agencies alone in the U.S., that means that we need to have a substantial sales force. We're building our sales force. We were 54 sellers, Q1 2025, 117 by end of Q1 2026 and we're targeting 200 -- over 200 by mid-2027. Otherwise, we cannot talk to all those agencies and it's lost potential.
Very important. We also need focus. We are not covering the whole world at once. We are focusing on our core markets, which are U.S., by far, U.K., Australia, Germany and Scandinavia. And yes, we could start other markets, but we have so much potential in the markets where we're focusing now that it doesn't make sense to go further at the moment. But also, the quality of relation is important that ensures grown the share of wallet. So further optimizing our quality of service, unique product offerings, and Mishel will talk about a few later. Raimund as well, by the way. It's about curation, it's about ad manager. It's a lot of things that we offer to our customers that makes them happy with our service.
And then it's the other side, the publisher side. So we have a ton of publishers. We have one of the largest in-app publisher basis in the ad tech world. But we still can grow. We can grow with some larger apps that we are still missing, but we can grow also with specialty apps. Like, for example, going down into sectors, we're focusing on sectors, retail and CPG is one. So we need cooking apps because that's a great place to catch people that later go shopping, those kind of things. So that's what we working on. And we're also working on other channels.
Yes, In-app is core and Ingo started with it, mobile phone first because that's where you have the data, that's where you start the journey. But still, it's very strong to enforce consumer behavior, by Connected TV, by digital out of home, also a screen in the supermarket, for example, digital audio, even web. So what we want to do is to really be able to run larger budgets, scale again, but also to reach the consumer starting from the mobile phone also in other channels.
And what's very important is, again, to mention here on the publisher side, SPO, Supply Path Optimization. We built this via acquisitions. So quite a bit of our traffic is still also indirect, where we don't have directly the publisher, and that's what we are at the moment with high energy work on-- Dave is also here, who's heading our marketplace. And it's one of the big tasks here to really make sure that we become the prime quality exchange in this part. That means we have cleaning that we're doing lower margin, not so great, let's say, pubs, indirect pubs, we want to get them exchanged for direct publisher relations. That was skill.
Now we get to vertically integrated. We built 18 acquisitions or we did 18 acquisitions that made us build this platform. Last year, you had the pain of it. In Q2, Q3, we had our last two SSP integrations. We acquired five SSPs. We integrated them into two. And last year, we integrated those two into one. We have problems with load balancers. It really hurt our revenues last year. But the result is a single unified platform, and that's a good basis to work from. So we have a DSP, we have an SSP. We have the data part. And if you open an app, in less than 100 milliseconds, the ad spot that's on there needs to be filled.
And we do that. We technically integrated in the app. We get the signal. Here is an ad for sale. We get some data with it. We enriched the further data that we have. We sent it to the demand side. The demand side has put in, who we want to reach, what's their target, their KPIs, their budget. And then the bidding process happens, highest bidder wins. If we are the highest bidder, we serve the ad. It's like a stock market. But important to be the winner, of course, and yes, only where we serve the ad, we also make the money.
What's next? Now after we integrated everything, and I need to make one carve out here, but after we integrated everything, we are now really working on how can we improve it, how can we get much better. You see some of our peers in the market who have really been good at that. And would say AppLovin is really extremely good in, let's say, optimizing their platform, they're bidding algorithms and things like that. But you need a well-running platform for that, and then you can really work on those things.
So that's what we're doing. But let me first start with final integration step. We are not fully done CTV as was mentioned also in earlier presentations, is still not fully migrated, but we're almost done in the slide is we are finishing it by end of Q2. That's only two weeks to go, and that will happen. So we will have a fully integrated, no CTV running on an old platform anymore. Yes, routing more demand through direct supply. Now with one integrated platform, we can also start working on optimizing the platform for the demand side.
Our DSP performance -- has performance customers. They would like to run a certain apps. There are certain features, certain scan features has to do with Apple, I think, that need to be met. That demand is not yet running on our platform fully. It's running a bit, but we have a lot of potential there. And of course, that's not really giving us extra revenues. But if we run our demand on our own supply, it gives us extra margin. So that's one of the big focus points.
And then the third, as just already mentioned, it's super important that we further improve the -- how do you say, the quality, the technology of our platform, we call it at intelligent platform and a lot of it is about AI. And we have Usama also here to talk about AI later, and we didn't want to go too deep into AI to split the topics a bit. But this is one of the core, core, core things to further drive revenues in this company. And just to give you an idea and don't -- please don't calculate this as the revenue multiplier. But we roughly get 1 trillion ad requests per day on our platform. And we serve 1.2 trillion ads per year. That means that 1 out of 300 ad request roughly, we only built into a served ad.
Now you have to deduct from those 1 trillion ad requests that we get, ad requests that come from countries where you cannot make money, comes from, let's say, places in the app on the part or certain apps that you don't want to sell. It might be in the invisible area. But still, even if it's not 1 out of 300, it might be 1 out of 100 or something like that, where we are still at the moment.
So there's a huge opportunity there. That means that we are investing and focusing a lot on improving our AI capabilities because that is a very, very strong opportunity for this company. Apart from that we also work in Agentic. Agentic is big. There will be more automated buying. You can do a lot of things with Agentic. You can also prepare your platform for Agentic buying, so those things we avoid now. And yeah, there is lot of opportunity. Then come into data and curation. We feel work in the last few years on really becoming top notch in data.
Because data in the end is what we need to do. You are targeting and to measure the outcomes and all these things. And data has become more and more complex over the years. Advertising started, we're just doing some ads, not measuring. Then the cookie came. Are you used to cookie to really build a profile, an ID graph. Can I match this cookie with this mobile ID? And is this person interested in football or buying a car or things like that.
A lot of the industry is still working with cookies and cookies can be very polluted. Your daughter burst the phone and son you have a different kind of profile of it or that's even more waste. How often do you buy a car, once every 3 years, once every 4 years. But there is -- he has a car is in the profile, she has a car. That means that you get car ads all the time, but as an advertiser, as a car manufacturer, you only want to advertise if the person is interested in the car at that moment. You might do a brand campaign around it, but the real time to be there, what you add is when the intention is there to buy a car. That's super important.
So we have split our data into 5 tiers. The first one is cookies and opt-in. That's the top one. Then contextual intelligence is the second level. So are you in context? Are you on the car side? Are you in a weather situation, whatever? Contextual intelligence, geolocation, app category, those kind of things, is level. Then Level 3 is that we have built at them on device intelligence. So we are with the SDK, we have put an extra piece of software on the phone that can really build segments on the phone, that information doesn't leave the phone, so it's privacy compliant. But if an ad request comes, we can attach the category, the interest category, and that works well.
Then with active search intent with the acquisition of Captify, which was a great acquisition, we were able to acquire the search intent capabilities and search intent integrations for a lot of U.S. publisher properties. We get intent from people. What are they looking for? And then the last year, number five, is conversational intent, 0 party data, asking questions, are you interested in buying a car, yes, no, et cetera, so that's circumstantial.
And also LLM data, especially lately, we have done a lot of progress on getting LLM data, opted in, but it gives us very, very deep information, what the intent of people is. This is the basis for being successful in this market. The more data you have, the better you are, the more you can target, the better you can target, the better you can also measure your results because data also translate your results. So this is super important.
What are we doing now? What are we further doing? So we have all those data. Now we are working with that. We're improving it. We have one of the richest proprietary data sets in the mobile advertising industry. Now it's really making sure that we even get more data, store them right, and there's also negative effects on data because data cost money to store, how to say, to work with them. But still, we need to pick the right ones. We need to save the right ones. We need to build the right profiles, things like that.
We further focus on LLM-derived intent signals because that's where we have really good results. And we're working on this flywheel, more publisher integrations, more signals, better predictions, better outcomes and in the end, more revenue, more advertisers. ***A lot about spending money, **but in the end, the advertisers interested what really makes the sale, what really makes a person, buy a product in the end in the store or online.
And this measuring has become more and more difficult. So cookies are disappearing, as I just mentioned already. They're not disappearing. There's still a lot of cookies, and there's also still fingerprinting. So the industry has become more complex. There was a time that we thought cookies are disappearing. Google said we also deprecate the cookie. It didn't happen. So what do we have now world with cookies, without cookies and a lot of, how to say, confusion in between.
So the industry has become more complex. But just to say, Apple with 50% market share roughly in the U.S. ask people, do you give consent that your data are being used? 80% is saying no. So 40% of the market for sure doesn't have a reliable cookie. Sometimes they have printing. There is some fingerprinting, which is not allowed, and it will probably also further disappear, but the market has become complex. So what are we doing? We're not saying we do only idealess, we do wherever it fits best, and we use the signals combined, because that gives the best result. We operate across ID and ideas environments with ideas as the baseline and ID data enriching where it exists.
LLMs reach contextual intent at the moment of decision without persistent in identifiers. And creative signal match pairs the right format and the message to the intent. That's what we didn't talk about. Very important also in advertising is creative. A good and a bad creative can make a factor 3 of difference in effectiveness of your advertising. But with the data we have, male-female is already very important.
A car is very often advertised in a different color for male and female. So also all those things work together. So we're talking about a super complex industry where a lot of things has to be in place, and we're now with an integrated platform, we're really working on fitting those things and making something that's really working very well.
Sector-specific closed loops are, in the end, bring the most value, and that's what Raimund will also talk about later. Yes, targeting and measuring. What are we further doing there now? We did a lot already. We are very far, but we want to make media better. We want to support our customers to get better ways to target and to measure their outcomes, closed loops, sector focus. We have decided you cannot do that for the whole industry. That's just too big. You need to go deep. You need to have sector experts. If you want retail and CPG is one of our largest sectors.
You need the expertise. You need people that understand the market and you need to build your solutions for that. So we are hiring sector experts, adding sector-specific data sources also. And for example, point-of-sale data. We want to know if people really bought a product in the store. We are continuously improving our targeting capabilities and benefit from improved measuring capabilities. Then corporate development, balanced growth, very important.
As you saw on the previous 4 points, this company is not ready. We are a work in progress. There's so much that we need to do. That means also that we're investing. We are investing extra salespeople. We're investing in our technology stack in AI. And we grow our verticals also with expertise. So that's money that's, I think, well spent, well invested, but it takes time to get the yield out of that. And Christian will show the numbers later. I think with over 30% revenue CAGR and so much opportunities, we are really well positioned for the future.
But it's not only about growth. It's also about controlling costs. It's also about internal efficiencies. And with AI, we have a lot of opportunities there. Also without AI, we have focused our people more on where we think the growth is. So that's also that we cut quite some countries out. But with AI, we can really build strong efficiencies. And there's some examples in the company now, and there are only first examples. We have a regional sales team that is selling ads from local advertisers, where we increased the efficiency tenfold. So one person is doing tenfold the output as before by fully automating their processes with AI.
And we have another department where Raimund is working on at the moment, where we are just working on the 25% personnel cost saving and expecting minimally the same output after that. So with AI, we really see big progress and AI, and Osama will say more about it. It's not just a -- it's a no-brainer, but it's not that easy. But still, we see really good use cases in the company. So focus on internal efficiencies is very important.
And organic growth, yes, we had a lot of discussions in the past and especially, I like to do M&A to grow, to build critical mass. But I think we have really come at a stage now where we have all the tools, all the technology in-house. On the data side, we've really done good things. I don't see a lot that would make sense for us to buy. It would more distract us than really bring us further. One exception, I believe that this market still has two small parties. So we need to see bigger mergers, bigger combinations, business combinations in the future.
So if there's something really accretive and very big, it might make sense to do it. But for the rest, we, as a company, want to and will focus on organic growth. Very important. I showed the opportunities that we have, and there are so many. Coming to the last slide of my presentation, and I've seen that I'm a little bit too fast actually, but the Christian can start earlier. Yes, we want to bring the same performance that the walled gardens has proven that they were able to do. We bring that to the open Internet at scale.
We have been working on exactly the things that you need to be comparable to walled garden to be able to really have the scale to be vertically integrated, be efficient in that sense, have the depth of data, have the targeting solutions and able to measure the outcomes and also having a balanced financial profile where we invest, but also make sure that we control our cost and further become more profitable. That brings me to the end of my presentation, and I would hand over to Christian for his...
Thank you. Thank you very much, Remco. And now to an overview of our finances. My name is Christian Duus. I'm CFO of Verve, and I'll try to bring you kind of an overview where we are now and also what lies in the future.
If we start very overall and here depicted behind me, our revenue growth and our growth in adjusted EBITDA over the five past years, you will see that we are, in essence, a growth company. We've grown, on average, 32% of our revenues each year and on average, 36% our adjusted EBITDA. That's a phenomenal performance, and it really think talks to the success of the company.
We continue to have strong ambitions to grow beyond market rates also going forward. And I think here, we have also showing the ability we've gone through various investment cycles through those years where we have demonstrated that we are able to convert our investments into revenue -- top line growth and profit growth. We've also been through a number of different challenges through those years. We've gone through COVID. We've gone through trade tariff wars last year. We've gone through FX headwinds for the same time. And we've also, last year gone through the unification of our platform. And I think it talks to the robustness of our business model that we're actually able to over the years to combine all that into a profile like this.
So we remain very ambitious on part of the company. We are looking towards -- if we take the midpoint of our guidance for a lift on a reported basis of 28% on a like-for-like basis, [ 17% ] and we have a lift in our midpoint guidance for our EBITDA of 19%. So we continue on a path of growth. Then you might ask, what is going to drive that growth? What is driving the growth?
Well, there's a number of opportunities in the market. Remco already mentioned some of it. Some we'll hear more of there's. But I think the way that we like to present it and we think about it as basically in 4 layers, these 4 layers. Number one, tailwind from the markets that we're in, we are in mobile in-app. It is one of the places where people use most of their time, and that's where also most of the investment dollars goes. So just by being in this sector and being the right place in the market, we have a natural tailwind of something like 10% growth from the market. Then there's customer expansion.
We have typically been very successful in landing customers and expanding customers and growing the share with customers and also into new verticals as Remco was talking about, and we will also hear more about that later today. Then of course, new products, being it AI-based or other products that try to expand, what is our share of wallet with each customer and also being relevant for each customer. And fourthly, in this industry, there is a number of platform synergies. The bigger you get, both from scale but also the more relevance and the more inventory you have, the more relevant you become from buyers, vice versa, the more buying power you represent from the demand side, the more relevant you become for publishers.
There's also other benefits which are significant, which is that you actually can extract all the learnings from all the data that you're treating, the more data you have, essentially, the better you are to train your algorithms and benefit from that.
So through those 4 layers of growth path, that's really what underpins our growth journey. And I think what's important to note is it's not just one. It's not a singular catalyst that is driving our growth. We are basically working on all 4 levels to underpin our growth.
If I take a step closer and just to take -- give you an overview of how things going now, what's the current financial momentum? Well, you'll see here our revenues and adjusted EBITDA for Q1 and the 4 preceding quarters, we had a very good Q1, a very solid Q1. We had a strong organic growth of 6.4% and that was, by the way, up from the previous quarter from 5.3%. So we are accelerating. We did EUR 132 million compared to -- EUR 137.2 million in Q1 versus EUR 132.3 million in the preceding year, which is a like-for-like growth of 3.7%.
We did EUR 28.3 million of adjusted EBITDA. That's slightly down from the prior year, where we had EUR 30.2 million. And I will come to speak more about that, but that's basically because we are in an investment phase of the company. We are expanding our sales capacity and that means there is a drag on our EBITDA for the first -- for Q1. We will see similar in Q2, and then it will flip in the second half of the year. But we are consciously taking investments to expand our relevance in the market. And our coverage in the market, as Remco talked about, there are numerous agencies out there that we simply do not have the firing power to cover.
So that's a little bit the financial performance. If you look at what are the -- and I think that's interesting to the sources of growth that we have right now, and I'll just take Q1 as an example, because we land at a numerical number, which is maybe perhaps a bit smaller 3.7%. But actually, that's the combination of 6.4% organic growth, plus 6.9% in acquisitive growth, and then we have -- we saw in Q1 a very significant headwind from FX.
The majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, but we report in euros. And because of the depreciation of the U.S. dollar, we basically get a headwind of 9.6%, which then lands at 3.7%. So a strong entry into Q1 continued somewhat drag into Q2 from our investments and with a good insight into second half of the year, we will see a good traction for the year, which is, by the way, also the big season of the year. So our seasonality of our business is normally that Q2 is bigger than Q1, Q3 bigger than Q2 and Q4 is by far the biggest quarter for the company.
Underlying this is basically the growth of our customers, the growth of our business. Here you see the four business KPIs that we normally report on, which is a blend of our impressions and our number of customers and also our ability to grow our business with customers. And just trying to break it down for a second. Here on the top hand right side, you see our ad impressions. We grew 25% year-on-year or ad impressions, doing 25% more impressions, which is a significant growth just tells you how more -- how relevant our platform is with our customers that has a uniqueness and the relevance that is appreciated by customers. 25% is quite a big number when you think about where we are in the economic cycle.
We've also been very good at growing our number of customers. We are right now at 4,086. You can be that precise. And we're roughly taking onboard a 1,000 customers, if you take it on a full year basis. Granted that is a mix of organic and inorganic growth in number of customers, but we see that as a real opportunity to also grow these customers to become scaled customers and reach the level of software clients, which is defined as customers that use more than 100,000. That number has been stable. We see the possibility and the opportunity to grow all the customers we've now onboarded to add to that number going forward.
As you can also see client retention has been strong through the period. So customers might have -- some customers might have used us a little bit less, especially in Q2 and Q3 last year, but they remain loyal to us and with the possibilities to expand further. So all in all, very strong customer metrics. Are they all perfect, not picture perfect, maybe not. But I think it shows really the potential of the business where we can go with the business and what we -- how we performed over the last year or so.
Gross profit margin. We've started to report our gross profit margin. I'm super happy to report that the uptick -- the very strong uptick we saw in Q4 from having our unified platform has carried into Q1. We see a gross profit margin of 41% -- excuse me, that's 2.7 percentage points lift versus Q1 2025. You'll see here in the dotted box the comparison, and we do the comparison towards the same quarter of previous years because there are seasonality effects that also impact the gross profit margin. So that's the best and most clean way to actually look at gross margin.
We've had a significant lift both in Q4 last year and now in Q1 and it's really to do -- it's really the results of three things. Number one, we have a unified platform. This unified platform has a much richer feature for us to do dynamic pricing. So it enables us to -- on a much more rigid and nuanced way to manage and extract margin from the impressions that we serve.
We've also been much better. It has -- we've been much better at managing our hosting costs and bringing down our hosting cost. Remco also talked a little bit about just the possibilities of making sure that you actually address the parts of the request that you want to address and not receiving too many requests and you can work a lot with that. And we are also doing different exercises in looking at, let's say, the more low-margin inventory, the more noncore long tail to prune out that.
So we have a lot of things going on that supports our gross profit margin. And we really think this is a key indicator for how we see the future, but also to improve our cash flow generation for the company. Remco mentioned -- I've mentioned we are in, right now in these quarters, at least in a bit of an investment phase. We have a very strong scaled sales machine -- sales team. We have 117 people right now in customer-facing sales roles. It's working well, but it also gives us -- and it's been growing quite significantly since -- with 54 in Q1 2025. But we still see the possibility to add more salespeople on an already well-working foundation. And for that, we have set aside for this year, EUR 10 million in OpEx investment that we will support adding more sales people towards the target of 200.
There's naturally or at least in our business, there is a lag from bringing salespeople on board and just of somewhere between 9 to 15 months before a salesperson really proves out and starts adding back to the company. And there's different realities. It takes time to hire these people. It takes -- and you will also have some salespeople that work out, and you might also have some that don't work out. And therefore, it can be a bit difficult for us to precisely exact what is the inflection point, when will all this investment pay off.
We started this journey already last year. We're seeing good results, and we're progressing very well, and we will see the effects here in second half of the year, perhaps mostly towards Q4. Cash flow. Cash flow is, of course, an important point to talk to as a CFO. I'm super happy to report that we now on an LTM basis, with Q1 managed to rebalance, so to say, our net working capital and perform well on cash flow.
So for on an LTM basis, March '26, we report EUR 105 million in operating cash flow before working capital and EUR 94 million operating cash flow after net working capital. Those two bars that you see here is ideally equal height, that means that we're not investing too much in our net working capital in this. For LTM basis, we have invested EUR 11 million. But you will also see a marked difference from the prior reporting where there was an imbalance in our investments in net working capital.
So we're back on a rebalanced way for our cash flow. And you can see here on the right-hand side, also our cash conversion. If you look at our cash conversion before working capital, it's actually pretty stable and at a high level, around 80% -- plus 80%. What we've had -- we have had certain periodic swings, which is basically a result of our net working capital.
I wanted to dig a little bit more into it because I think the cash flow is a super important part of this business. We are at a phase where it's important that we generate cash flow also to repay our bonds and generate free cash flow for all stakeholders. And you can really see here with this chart a little bit what is going on. So we have depicted our trade receivables in dark blue.
Our trade payables in light blue, and the green line is the net working capital, the difference between the two. And you can see here the imbalance that we saw in Q3 and Q4 end of last year. And you can also see that it's been rebalanced not fully but rebalanced to a level of EUR 22 million for the Q1 2026.
Why does this net working capital need happen? That happens because structurally, if you look at the company, we essentially, on average, and per payment terms, we will pay our publishers, our big suppliers 45 days on average, but we received money from our customers on a 90-day basis. And that creates this gap of 45 days. We've historically been very good at managing this. You can see the green line has been close to 0 through the different quarters. We've done that through mainly our securitization program, which I'll come to in a second, that has really been instrumental in managing our working capital needs. But overall, you can see the profile. And when we grow, we will have certain investments in net working capital because of this gap of 45 days.
Just to come a little bit into this part around our securitization. So we have a receivable securitization program of EUR 100 million. And it's in place both to manage our net working capital needs, but also in place for us to be able to really offer good payment terms to our publishers, to our customers. We use that as a moat. We use that as a way to be attractive and also build our position with smaller customers and the more flexible you can be with that beyond also, of course, having a great product helps us win new business.
The unfortunate thing or from -- at least from a pure finance angle is that it creates this cash gap of 45 days. So higher growth means higher working capital tie in. We have a securitization program in place through very well seen providers, Finacity and NORD/LB, who are very active in this area and offer similar solutions for other companies. And what we have there is a possibility to sell. We sell our receivables on a nonrecourse basis, and we receive a funding until up to a frame of EUR 100 million on very lucrative terms. Euribor plus 2%. And that's because it's a Grade A client portfolio.
So we really use this securitization program to manage our net working capital needs but also to be -- or intensify our relevance in the market and use it as a moat. I'm happy to report that we are also expanding the coverage of the program to further two entities that have just been approved and we are adding to the program.
Turning now to CapEx needs for the business. And I think if you look at Verve historically, we've always said we are -- our maintenance and investment CapEx is roughly in the order of EUR 40 million to EUR 45 million. You can see it's quite stable, the dark blue and the light blue here and has been very stable over the last past years. And that really means that we have a fairly low recurring maintenance CapEx of roughly EUR 9 million a year and the ability to scale our revenues while keeping CapEx low is, of course, very interesting from a -- to help us generate the operating cash flow for the business.
So in many ways, we're quite asset-light in our scaling model because we continue to reserve roughly these EUR 40 million to EUR 45 million in CapEx going forward. You can also see here on the left bar that this year, we will have with the acquisitions that we did in '24 and '25, we will have payments for deferred payments out of roughly EUR 34 million, taking our total CapEx to EUR 74 million, somewhere between EUR 74 million and EUR 79 million.
Maybe just to mention that out of the EUR 34 million that is on deferred, we have already paid out Jun Group of EUR 23.8 million. So the only part that is remaining from a cash-out perspective is EUR 9.9 million for Acardo and Viewento, which comes in October 2026.
Remco mentioned it we are really now focused on organic growth and very selective in looking at any M&A. And the main focus here is organic growth for this year. Brings me to balance sheet KPIs and how we're doing on net interest-bearing debt and especially net leverage ratio, you'll see -- we actually did a tap of our bond here in Q1 of EUR 50 million tap on top of our EUR 500 million bond. But actually, as you see, the net interest-bearing debt is basically the same between Q1 and -- or [ LTM ] Q1 and 2025 -- ended 2025, EUR 146 million versus -- EUR 446 million versus EUR 448 million. We are now at a net leverage ratio of 3.1%. It is elevated. It is elevated because of the acquisitions that we've done through the last couple of years, and we are working and are -- do have focus on bringing it down.
It's always a question of focus -- trying to balance the growth with also having a sensible leverage ratio, and we target 2.5x in net leverage ratio, which will come in place, I would say, within the next 12 months. Maybe just to mention, I think, when you look at our bonds, we have EUR 550 million outstanding in bonds. Here is depicted the three last bonds that we've done. We are now at a company that has quite a lot of experience and also quite a good reputation in the bond market and we use the bond market, I think, on quite attractive and favorable terms to fund our growth.
In that way, we have -- when you look through the past history, we have actually been very successful in refinancing our bonds well in advance of any maturity walls. Our current bonds go until 2029. We will continue that practice of refinancing well ahead of any maturity wall. Number two, and as you see here from Bond 3 and 4 to the current bond, we actually also managed to reduce our funding terms or credit margin quite significantly from an average -- we had two existing bonds one on 3 months Euribor plus EUR 625 million and one other one on EUR 725 million, and we have reduced it to three months Euribor plus 4 percentage points -- the last 50 has slightly higher interest rate, but basically a significant drop in our credit margin. And this helps us, of course, to reduce our interest payments for the year.
Now I come to guidance. And before I maybe just go into the specific numbers on guidance, let me just come back to this picture of the 4 growth levers that we have for the company. You will remember that I went through it, the market growth tailwinds, the customer expansion, product strength and also platform synergies. The way that we think about guidance for this year is we expect growth from our market growth of somewhere between 7% to 9%, plus 5 percentage points growth coming from customer expansion and new products. And that's basically the basis for our guidance for this year.
With the traction that we had in Q1, solid growth and also solid performance, and with the outlook that we see into Q2, we're happy to confirm and reaffirm our guidance for the year, which is EUR 680 million to EUR 730 million on our revenues, 17% growth on the midpoint and also adjusted EBITDA of EUR 145 million to EUR 175 million which is a 19% pickup on EBITDA. These are -- by the way, those percentage points are calculated like-for-like, so you can see here in the guidance exactly because we've had a change of revenue recognition for some parts of our business, we've here provided on a like-for-like basis. So that you can see that revenues for full year 2025 would have been at EUR 602 million within similar EBITDA of EUR 134 million.
Maybe important to note that we will be talking a lot about retail media. Later today, we have included some pickup in the Retail Media business in our guidance, but not, I would say, the full expansion is still to be formally included in the guidance. And that's because -- and as Raimund will talk about, it is a bit difficult to always predict the exact inflection point. So that is upside to our guidance.
Then last, I wanted to touch on the topic of relocation to Ireland. Why are we doing it? Well, it brings a number of advantages for us. First and foremost, it brings us into a legislative and corporate governance structure, which is more agile, but also more comparable to our U.S. peers. That's number one.
Number two is that by being in -- by being in Ireland, it actually gives us the opportunity to report in U.S. dollars versus now where we are reporting in euro. Reporting in Euro when the majority of our business is in U.S. dollars always gives us some challenges around explaining growth and what is the growth in local currency versus in euros and all this noise can be eliminated from our reporting, which is a huge benefit for us in providing clear communication to the markets.
Further, it also provides us some flexibility and an option to do a direct listing to the U.S. And that option, of course, has quite good value for us, and we want to maintain that optionality for later on. So when I close here on the financials, I really see Verve entering the next growth phase. We are confidently investing into very targeted -- in a very targeted way where we see returns are highest, but with a very strong focus on also preserving capital discipline, cash flow profile and financial strength such that we have the support and the basis for long-term shareholder value. So it's balancing those two elements.
Thank you very much.
Great. Thank you, Christian. Please stay right on stage with me here and Remco please join us on stage -- it's time for some action, some interaction I can literally see in the eyes of our guidance here. They're screaming Q&A. So you want it, you're getting it. We're moving into the first Q&A session of the day.
For those of you here in the room, who want to ask a question, and we would really welcome that. Please just raise your hand and one of our microphone runners will come up to you so you can ask a question. And also for those of you joining us online, please ask your questions via the chat. I have already received some questions. This Q&A session will be addressed to Remco and Christian. So in this session, we will cover the business commercial and financial update, as just heard. And later on, we're going with the tech Q&A.
So are there already any questions here in the room? Not yet. So we're jumping into the first questions from the chat. I would say first question probably best to Remco. Sounds like you're placing quite a significant bet on retail media. Why should investors believe that the walled gardens will not start targeting retail chains as well and use their enormous financial power to push players like Verve out of the market.
Good question. Thank you. Maybe first to start one step back, why are we doing Retail Media and CPG? It's the logical further development of what we have been building over the last years. We've been building a very strong exchange with a very strong demand side, having the relations with advertising and the publishers. But we have found out or let's say, as a conclusion, that you need to focus much stronger on the sector to really get the results that advertiser wants.
And if we look at our larger sectors than Retail Media and CPG, they go hand in hand, of course, are, let's say, one of those sectors where we really see a big opportunity. And I don't want to take all the answers away from Raimund. He's going to show quite a bit what we're doing there. And we've been building that up over the last years or so, just to make that clear, but we have built an extra close loop on it.
So in that sense, it's a logical further evolution of where we're coming from. Why are we not afraid of the walled gardens. As I showed before, the walled gardens take 80% of the spend with 30-something percent of the views of the time used. There is so much room next to the walled gardens. This market is so big that even walled gardens would get in, there's enough room. And if we deliver better results, better outcomes, better service quality, there's no reason to be afraid. It's a huge growth opportunity, I think, also for walled gardens. But look, for example, at Walmart has built a very strong position in there and also builders retail media. It shows the potential of it. And Raimund is also going to show some numbers, I think, in his presentation.
It's a hugely growing market with a ton of opportunities. And yes, we, as an open Internet need to organize ourselves and need to focus more and to deliver a better product I think that's what we're doing and therefore go full forward for us.
Great. Thanks, Remco. So then one question I actually received..
There's a question in there.
Oh, there's a question over there. Great. Please, Matt.
2. Question Answer
I'm Matt Weber, Canaccord Genuity. I appreciate all the color. Remco I just wanted to ask about on the -- I think you said that it's 1 in 300 ads you're serving today, and you see an opportunity to sort of be more efficient with that by leveraging AI. Could you just expand upon that? Is that leveraging these tools to sort of identify ads that your systems today would deem unprofitable, but they -- in reality, they could be profitable at a certain level? Or just maybe talk about that a little bit more.
Thanks for the question. Good question. Difficult to answer in every detail, but I'll give some examples to maybe give a bit more clarity there. If you receive 1 trillion of ads, at requests per day. So that's people that open the page where there's an ad potential needs to be sold. You need to decide what to do with it. If we would send all those trillion ads to all our demand partners, DSPs, other advertisers, et cetera, it would cost so much money that you wouldn't see a positive EBITDA here.
So first of all, we need to reduce that amount. The question is, how do you do that? That means you need to have a probability measurements like which ads we most likely can make money out of, and we need to decide to who do we send it. We don't want to send it to everybody. So we first try to reduce the number of, let's say, we get 1 trillion in, we need to reduce that with 90%, whatever and filter out the ones that we think are not going to get money for us.
Then we need to send it to the right party because if you send it to everybody, then you send it to people that don't want that ad. And if you give bad results for them, they will accept less ads from you. So they limit the incoming ads also because also they don't want to have the cost. And then we only have to ads to the certain party basically. Then what comes on top of it is what data are in the midstream. So is there data that the buyer is interested in? Is there a cookie in? Is the contextual signal in there, things like that. A lot of that, you also have to agree basically with the demand-side partners. What are they looking for? And how can you optimize that? So that's not only technology, it's also working together with those.
And then you come to things like the pricing. What's the minimum price you want for that ad, often the publisher doesn't want to sell it too cheap, but if you sell it too expensive, you don't sell it, if you make it too cheap, you don't make the margin. So that's a very important point. So there's a lot of factors basically that are going hand in hand with how you optimize an exchange. And let's say, there is a very nice example of a few examples in the market that have really been investing in the exchange a lot. And it's yes, AI, very high tech and not LLM technology is really had to say, algorithm machine learning and in the end, also neural networks.
We are working with Google on using their neural network know-how and capabilities and really, yes, I mean, 1 out of 300 is not a great score. It's not as bad as, let's say, 1 of 300 as I tried to explain before. But if we can only double that efficiency, that makes a huge difference, of course. But it's a lot of variables and it's not that easy, and you work with so many data that you really -- yes, between all the trees, you need to find the forest kind of.
So that makes it difficult, but there's also the opportunity. But if you look what AppLovin did at a certain point, they got, I think it was them top people from a quantum trading company, which are really specialists in machine learning and things and with that, built their platform. Those are things that we can do now. We were not able to do that before because we had to do that on several platforms, which are, let's say, not combined doesn't make any sense. But that's something that only works if you have data.
We have a ton of data. That is what we have been working on. And then you need to have the right machine learning capabilities and doing everything itself is super expensive, but especially now with -- yes, working closely with Google that gives us a lot of opportunity there. But it's -- now what I wanted to show with it is really the potential of this company if we get that better under control, and that might take quarters. But if that really gets better under control, this company can make so much more revenues.
And yes, what I tried to build in my story, we need to really get all the parts that we've been building in the last years, which we're basically aiming at what we're doing now, getting an integrated tech stack at scale with a ton of data, and now we need to make more out of that. So I hope that answers your question.
Thanks, Matt. Next question, right next to Matt.
My name is Dan Medina. I'm with Needham. I have a question for both of you. And I'm just kind of curious as to the road and timing and critical steps necessary to get to, say, an EBITDA margin of like 30%.
Shall I. Certainly. I can also start and then you can add your comments to it. So clearly, we are in a phase of investment right now, and that is putting a drag on our current profitability. But when you see that, and we are through that, we will start to see an uptick in our margin in the second half of the year. This will not bring us to the margin levels that you are alluding to that will take longer time, it will take into the coming year. But I think with some of the potential that Remco was just alluding to, I think there is a clear potential to take the operating margin up by 2 to 3 percentage points, just simply by being much more efficient in the company because we are kind of exactly, as Remco mentioned, we are kind of at a scale now where we can kind of extract the first level of scale benefits out of.
We have one unified platform. I'll just give you a very concrete example. That means we can have all our developers work on the same platform, on the same project instead of trying to hold two platforms alive and also developing on two platforms. That's just one example. The other example is, for instance, now that we are also scaling on our sales capacity, which is building on top of a sales engine that we already have.
So I would say within the next 12 to 15 months, there is definitely potential to raise the margin from just operational improvements of 2 to 3 percentage points. On top of that is just the pure scaling effect then as the bigger you grow, you also get the scaling effect, which is further margin improvement on top of that.
Yes. Maybe to put a bit of salt in the wound. The more we invest, of course, the less rebated margin. And this is an industry where you need to invest because this industry has every two years, something that disrupts. It's LLM now. It has been the cookie disappearance. It has been several other things before. So this is a market where you need to invest. And we have this balanced act of how much do we invest because if we invest, we grow faster and if you go get bigger, we get more efficient, and we get to the margins that you are talking about. .
So it's rather -- it's a bit, yes, short-term pain versus long-term benefit versus, let's say, a bit less sort of pain, but therefore, dragging it out longer. And it's a platform business, which with all the other elements that I described before. But the bigger we get, the more efficient it gets. But one of the things that's super important for this growth is really building moats, building differentiation. And if you look at the total ad tech industry, there is not so much differentiation. AppLovin has built a very nice closed loop in, let's say, the gaming sector. They are now copying that into the commerce sector. But there's not many companies with a strong moat. And that's what we're trying to do.
I'm not saying we're there. But if you look at this retail media story, which is really something really special in this market, which doesn't exist in that one. That's things that we try to accomplish. It costs money. Not everything will work. That's also a fact. But by building those moats, we assume or we expect that we can grow faster and get faster to the profitability levels that you're talking about. And yes, being a tech company, being a platform company, those margins are possible. I'm not going to give you any kind of time line on that or something like that, but it's -- of course, we are -- this company is ready for growth, has the possibility to grow, and it's a balance between, yes, how much do you invest. We have also our leverage. Leverage is too high at the moment. A lot of investors, especially in Europe, don't like that, over 3 or slightly over 3. So we need to balance that a bit. But with investing on the one hand, but on the other hand, also looking at efficiencies, especially AI-based. I think we have a good recipe to get to the margins that you are talking about. I hope that answers your question.
So I think we go with Ellis Acklin from First Berlin Equity.
Here live from Germany. Yes, thank you very much for the color and the access this morning. So right now, I'll just go with a financial question probably for Christian. Both you and Remco this morning emphasize that you really want to focus on the organic growth side of the business rather than M&A going forward? My question is now that you've sort of unlocked some of the cash flow with the ramped-up securitization, would it not make sense to maybe work on the leverage profile.
You could pay me pay back that EUR 50 million tap up? Or is that something you want to maybe keep in your pocket. If so, what would be the reason for that? So just it seems like you could remove one of the things that investors point out, Verve that needs to work on.
Sure. That's definitely an option and also one that you could consider that to take some of the outstanding loan back because we have, as you say, quite strong cash position. We ended last quarter. We had EUR 147 million in cash. Right now, we are also looking at -- we want to make sure that we have the firing power to bring the business over this investment cycle, but it's certainly also something that we could consider and thereby addressing the net leverage ratio. So I wouldn't rule it out. But it also depends a little bit on how the rest of the year goes through and we also have it, there's a bit of a firing powering, should the markets not turn out that we expect, then we have that as a bit of a firing partner -- firing power to absorb that.
So we are financially strong to absorb any kind of short-term swings. But certainly, on a longer-term basis, it makes sense to delever and also with the cash flow generation that we expect for this year in general, we expect to deliver.
That was it? Thank you. So I think we continue one question there, but one moment, we have to take turns. So there are so many questions dropping in from the chat here. I think the next question should go to Remco. Verve Group still has a gaming business as a result of past acquisitions. What are your plans for these segments going forward? Do you continue to rely on data generated by your gaming assets? And how important is that data to your advertising business, also any plans of selling gaming part to become a pure ad company.
Good question. We try not to talk about games because investors don't like to have too many businesses under one roof. Now games is what we -- what enabled us to build the ad tech, the cash flows of gaming enabled that track record data we had also helped us also the spend of the gaming companies of media was helpful. But that is, let's say, 6 years ago, 5 years ago, and then the advertising part has been growing so fast and is so strong now that gaming has become with, yes, under 10% of revenues now and kind of not so important part anymore.
And we have seen that also with other companies in the sector that came from being a game publisher towards becoming an advertising platform that gaming at a certain point, you get so many other data, and we have a lot of gaming data also from other apps that it's not playing such a big role anymore.
So in that sense, I wouldn't say it's noncore because it's still substantial from also generator revenues. It helps us. One big thing that's important that helps us also testing and SDK is a very difficult piece of technology for an app. And if you have our own mobile games or own mobile properties, you can do your testing cycles much faster. So there is synergy. But on the long term and depending a bit on valuations, we might consider to sell it.
And yes, at the moment, no decision on that taken. The valuations in gaming at the moment are not really great. The atmosphere and gaming is not really like everybody is celebrating. But that changes, as we all know, over time, so at a certain point, it might make sense to sell it. And would that also free up some extra cash to further continue our growth or to delever.
Thanks, Remco. So then maybe next question here from [indiscernible].
Two questions for you. First, how you're hiring a lot of salespeople. How are you planning on managing that growth? How are you evaluating those salespeople and how do you layer them in over the course of the year? That's the first question. And the second question is on net dollar retention. What number would you be happy with?
Do you want to take the first question, and I'll take the second question.
The second one is easy to answer. Net dollar cent rate it should be over 100% because that means that it's really the people that we had a year ago are spending more in the quarter. We want to grow our current customers. I want also to elevate it with the acquisitions we did, we've not always got great customers, and there is, let's say, yes, how do you say, it's movement in the market, et cetera. So you always lose a bit, but ideally, if we are done with, let's say, cleaning up the past, to say it should be a strong growing thing. And we had last year with the platform unification, we had some hiccups in there. But it should be over 100%.
Then sales, I don't know, Raimund -- sorry, Michel, I want to say. Are you cabled up already?
So like -- because I would like Michel maybe to answer it, because I can answer it for him, but he's the specialist in hiring salespeople, managing.
Yes, hello everyone. Obviously, there are a lot of metrics that we collect about the performance of our people and especially in sales. Obviously, at the end of the day, we want to make sure that they generate revenues. But there are so many other indicators that we track before we get to the revenue stage. It was mentioned earlier that it normally takes between 6 to 9 months or even a bit longer sometimes for a seller to ramp up.
But before they start generating revenue, you're able to track, how many meetings do they have? How many e-mails are they sending? What's the response rates on those e-mails? How many of the meetings that they are taking are in person versus virtual? Who are they meeting with? When? What frequency? All of those metrics allow us to assess whether a seller has the potential to become a good contributor or not. And obviously, our key is always to sell fast. So if we make the wrong hiring decision, we want to make sure that we're part ways relatively quickly when that's possible.
Does that answer the question?
Great. Thank you. So we are continuing with a couple of questions from the chat. Actually, one question Christian came up twice so. The interest is still on securitization. What is the status of expanding the securitization program? Current amount of EUR 100 million, what can we expect in the upcoming three months.
Okay. So two developments. Number one is that we have actually expanded within the current frame of EUR 100 million, we have expanded the number of entities that we can treat in the program, and we've onboarded two very important contributors to growth in Captify and data set, which we've taken on board into the program. So that's kind of within the frame of the program, and that has already been approved by our partners, NORD/LB and Finacity. So that's in place.
We are working on expanding the program also to -- as our overall frame, I would say that, that -- those talks are progressing well, but I would say that will take into Q3. My ambition level is to raise it in a phased path, so maybe to EUR 125 million and then to EUR 150 million, but it also requires a little bit how the business is doing and kind of trying to get those two -- that phasing in line with business growth.
Great. I think that answers the question. Any more questions from the auditorium currently? No. Then we continue with more questions from the chat. Nice question here regarding a recent IPO. I would say, Remco, how do you see the IPO of Liftoff. AppLovin and Liftoff are much bigger than Verve?How do you see Verve competing to these two big brothers.
Good question. I'm happy that the Liftoff IPO worked out well because it was direct before and delays and the whole sector was kind of afraid that it would be, how to say, to withdrawn again, because it's good to show that this sector is really interesting. And a lot of investors have lost a bit of trust in ad tech. If you look at a lot of valuations, they are low, and it's really great to see that an IPO worked out well. Liftoff is a great company. It's one of our partners also. I mean a lot of companies work together in this market. Liftoff is very focused on performance. We do perform the end brand.
They have built a great company. But as I showed before, in our TAM in our market, there is space for several larger players. And I think it's rather a nice example also they have, let's say, optimized their technology stake in the last year. If you look a bit in their past numbers, they have had trouble years, but also after integrating that technology after, let's say, putting more emphasis on their AI and optimization capabilities, they have been showing good growth. And I think it's rather a nice example to look at what's possible in this market then that I would be afraid of it. It's rather a nice example.
Thank you. So and then our analysts from Inderes, Christopher Jennel has asked a couple of questions, and I'll just pick up the ones that fit perfectly to the upcoming session with the experts and that are not touched in that expert session. Christopher asked on Retail Media. Could you please explain a little more, even though we're not disclosing numbers here yet, but a little bit on unique economics how the take rates could be, how typical companies could look like and where the margin levels could be? And how this could affect potential revenues in '27, '28, like on -- to sum it up, how strong could growth be in that area without giving too much forward-looking statements?
Great question, very relevant. I would actually propose to park it until after Raimund has given his presentation. But saying a few words on that. What we see in the segment that we are in retail and CPG, it takes time. We have built something really great. Raimund will show that, but it takes time to get to budget. And one of the problems in advertising is that any large budgets are mostly decided on in Q4. So we had -- and we have to build things now to get the budgets next year.
So I don't expect big results or big revenue uplift this year. But by being ready in Q4 to get the budget for next year, we have a big opportunity for next year. But Raimund will cover it in more detail and the rest of the questions as well.
I'll just come back with that question on you Raimund later. Then what leading indicators should we to know the front-loaded sales investment is working? And when do we realistically see the cost to revenue lag grow close?
Well, I can take -- I can start out with -- I mean, obviously, one of the absolute key indicator is our overall margin because from gross margin -- gross product margin down to EBITDA margin, that's the key KPI to look at. I think the other thing to look at is looking at our net expansion rate, looking at our growth in our customers, which we report on a quarterly basis, those are the two things to follow. Of course, also our overall ad impressions, but I would focus more on number of customers we are onboarding and how we are able to grow our existing customers because that's really what the sales job is about. It's about land and expand.
Yes, but I would also differentiate a bit with, let's say, we have sales buildup. That's one of our blocks of investment. Then we have technology investments. We have a EUR 40 million roughly of capitalizations per year, which is, let's say, investments in platform and improvement. There, we invested in the past a lot in building features to enable the merge of the platforms or the merger or the unification of the platforms. And a lot of that is now freed up to do real innovation, like what I was talking about before.
So there's a bit of difference between technology investments and more market investments, people investments. And on the other hand, yes, also saving on employees by efficiencies, efficiency gains.
Thank you. And then there's the last part of the question, and I think that's good to highlight our growth track ahead again. It handles the midterm perspective we head out. We didn't repeat that after the new revenue recognition. So we're not giving out a new perspective today on stage now. But could you elaborate maybe a bit, Remco, on how we stand -- like how we see this former perspective that we had of EUR 1 billion revenue to be able to be reached in a couple of years from now, like more as a general statement to the growth potential of this company going forward.
Yes. Yes, we need to grow. We need to grow. And the EUR 1 billion has become a bit easier but also, I wouldn't say cheating, but by changing our revenue recognition. So we're closer to that. We are over EUR 700 million or going to be. But we need to grow. And if that's on -- after we reach EUR 1 billion, the next target will be EUR 2 billion or higher than that. So this company needs to grow. When exactly we reach it, it's less relevant than the fact that we are able to grow fast. And traditionally, let's say, we had a 30% revenue CAGR, part of that M&A that's becoming more and more organic, should be becoming more and more organic. And the more we are able to differentiate with different solutions that really give us a better position in the market to faster, we should be able to grow.
And yes, with this kind of growth targets, it's always difficult. My first job was at an oil company, and we were growing 1% per year. And then if you made 1.2% or 0.8% growth, it was not so far away. But if we look at the growth speed that we have, it's always super difficult to exactly say how fast we will be growing. But I know for sure that my whole team is putting a lot of emphasis and focus on really making this growth happen and some things work better, some worse. Sometimes you have to market against it, sometimes you lose a customer. But overall, this company has -- and that's what we're trying to bring over today a lot of potential for growth.
Great. I could maybe also just add to that perspective. I mean the ambition level for the company is the same. What has changed is that we want to balance that with a more tight management of our financial profile, margin expansion along with free cash flow. And I would say that's the difference maybe from prior times that we are trying to balance both of them and we really do want to deliver better EBITDA, cash flow and deleveraging as well. At the same time, we are growing. So it's a bit more balanced.
Great. Thanks, Christian. Thanks, Remco. I think this concludes the Q&A session. #1. We'll have another one later. I think for the moment, this is -- it's time for a coffee for all of us. We'll be back at 11:30 with a keynote that fits perfectly with the topics we are currently discussing adverse data, intelligence, prediction and outcomes. So see you all back here at 11:30 sharp. Thanks.
[Break]
Okay, everybody. Welcome back from a really extensive coffee break. I hope you all enjoyed some nice cups of coffee, like 10 or 20 of them, and the energy level is now fully up. We are ready for the second part of Verve Capital Markets Day 2026. We're now moving from the business update into the expert sessions. And to open this part, we wanted to bring in a perspective that goes beyond our own company and looks at the underlying engine of the industry. How data becomes intelligence, how intelligence becomes decisions, how decisions become measurable outcomes.
Our keynote speaker of today is Dr. Usama Fayyad. He's Professor of the practice at Northeastern University's Khoury College of Computer Sciences and Executive Director of Northeastern Institute for Experiential AI. His work spans data science, machine learning, artificial intelligence and data mining. In other words, exactly the fields that sit behind many of the changes currently reshaping advertising, retail media and predictive targeting. He has been recognized as an ACM with an ACM Innovation Award, received a U.S. government metal from NASA and his work has also been published in the Harvard Data Science Review among others. So when we talk about turning signals into outcomes, we could hardly ask for a better guy to kick off part 2 of today's CMD. Usama, it's a real pleasure to have you with us today. Thank you for making this possible. Ladies and gentlemen, please give a warm welcome to Dr. Usama Fayyad.
Thank you, and thank you, Ingo, for a great introduction. So my job today besides going through an impossible number of slides really fast is to kind of set the call it, bigger setting around what's happening with AI, especially the recent developments, but then come back and relate it to advertising, branding and other issues relating to kind of the marketing of the future.
With that, I'll start by saying, hey, everywhere you go, you hear about AI. So have we not heard enough? Isn't the hype overblown? It's actually definitely mostly confused and very, very confusing to many companies. And in many cases, believe it or not, it's underestimating the true value, not overestimating it of what this technology could be doing in the knowledge economy. It is simple. This is what many people forget. They think that it's very sophisticated and it's thinking and it's modeling and it's not.
But it's very powerful when you give it the right data. And when you apply it in kind of knowledge economy settings, I think it's going to be -- it has been actually a big force in revolutionizing marketing for the past 20 years or more. The bad actors act faster than the good actors. So we'll see a lot of social harm and other things come out of AI. We're already beginning to see it, but it's going to get a lot worse. But it will have a huge impact economically on this knowledge economy, which is right with repetitive and robotic work.
So what's the biggest setting here, right? Here's a bunch of dots on the screen. Your brain quickly, some people just see dots, some people see, oh, this is a Dalmatian dog, nose to the left. How do we get there? How do our brains do this? And is this relevant? And the reason I show you this is because it is relevant, right? So here's a quick example from banking. You might get a few snapshots of a set of customer actions. And out of them, you need to decide whether this is a good transaction, bad transaction, suspicious, et cetera.
In marketing and advertising, this is a really big deal, right? Because you really see only certain dimensions and certain snapshots. And if we can put them together, can we build the Customer 360, the ability to basically build a digital twin of that customer and really know what they want and what they're looking for. So what's been happening over the last 4 years in AI in 4 years because the clock kind of starts at 2023 with ChatGPT, right? I call 2023 the year of fascination.
'24 was the year of denial. Basically, this is cute technology, but it's not for us or our business. 2025 was delusion, like I use ChatGPT, Therefore, I'm using AI in my business. 2026 is interesting. I call it the year of panic because everybody suddenly realized, oh my God, these agents really work. This technology is very relevant. And then when they try to use it, and this is the panic, the data is not available or in order and the talent, the know-how, how to use it properly is not there.
So successful AI is totally dependent on having the right data. It's not cheap to have the right data. It's even more expensive to label it correctly so that the algorithms know what to do with it or what to make of it. It is growing exponentially between devices, IoT, wearables, cloud, all of that. And it historically has been very difficult for companies to deal with. I have a whole separate talk on the 7 secret of making AI work in business, but one of the central ones is you have to collect data at a very fine granularity, way more than is being collected today. And it's not just data. It's outcomes, it's context, it's things around it that may or may not be relevant.
The majority of this data, of course, is unstructured and Gartner says 90%. I say a heck of a lot more than 90%, but companies -- most companies don't know how to deal with it, except for a few, right? And this brings us to this divide. So these few companies, I call the AI halves, right? And I've listed some examples of them. Maybe there's 100 of them in the world, maybe 150. On the other side, it's kind of the rest of the world, 99.99% of companies watching and saying, what the heck is this? How is it relevant to me? How do I use it? So the question is, how do you bridge that divide?
So let's spend 2 minutes just asking, so what do these data -- the AI halves, what do they do right, right? They actually use data as an asset. What I mean by that is they understand their data. Think Google, like when I talk about this because they're a great example of this. They understand events. They understand context. So what's happening even in the news, the weather, the location. They understand the right action under that event, and they understand and model the outcomes, right? This is not happening in 99.99% of the companies or organizations.
They also implement human in the loop. I could speak for an hour on how dependent Google's business is having an army of people giving feedback, retraining that algorithms, the MLR, the machine learning relevance 4 times a day, every day based on the work of 25,000 search editorial people who just -- their job is to just say move up, move down. This is not relevant, et cetera. They've been doing this 4 times a day, every day, retraining the algorithm for 20 years, right? So think about the consistency.
Same is true, by the way, for OpenAI, same is true for Amazon, all sorts of -- what the AI have nots, what do they do? Like every time we work with a company to help them implement AI, the problem starts first as a data problem like their data is all over the place, different spreadsheets, different -- sometimes on paper. So you spend most of your energy digging through the math to try to get to the right data to enable the AI to be relevant and to work correctly.
So what about data? Well, my point here is -- we have to use it as an asset. The depreciating assets in the AI equation are hardware and algorithms. Data is the only investment-grade asset. And that's the place, in my opinion, to invest, and we'll talk about this today. In addition to that, relevant to what I said before, you have to capture these interventions. What happens when you use ChatGPT and it's wrong, and you said it, it's wrong. It actually doesn't capture that, and we'll talk about why.
So let's talk about kind of intent architecture and customer interactions to drive it more to our topic today. So here's an example from a bank, right? Let's say you're a bank and I ask, how does your customer view you as a bank? And the view of the customer is very transactional, right? They have this kind of nice mobile app. They have branches. I use this service or that from them, et cetera. If you ask a similar question of the bank, how do you view your customer, you get answers that are also very transactional. Oh, yes, they have a savings account. They ask for a mortgage, they did this, they did that. And it's all around transactions and business.
In reality, what's happening to these customers is they're having day-to-day events like I'm trying to commute. I'm trying to pay utility bills. I have health issues, shopping, travel or they're having life moments, right? I always -- when I talk to banks, I always remind them, you have no excuse for not knowing when somebody is trying to buy a home or when somebody is getting married or when somebody got kids. They have the signals. They just don't know how to use them and how to derive them.
Now if you did this, if you were able to kind of elevate that interaction and understand the customer and a strategic value, you can achieve relevance, which is how Google got a lot of its value out. And once you have relevance and you do it right without freaking out consumers, you have the value engine, you have that flywheel that Remco talked about before. By the way, this is more difficult. And I'll give you a few examples of how difficult this is even when you think you hit it.
So with that, let's do just a quick fun video here as an example of something that really works but then really has some trouble. This is an example. Let's play...
[Presentation]
So why did I show you this video, right? It's because it's an example of something that worked and worked so well. The idea was as soon as you buy a ticket, you can craft the message in the voice and image of Jennifer Lopez and send it to all your friends and family. Work amazing -- by the way, is this generative AI? Absolutely, right? This uses generative voice and it uses generative video. And it does it at scale.
The results, these guys sold 1,000 tickets after this campaign in record time, like unprecedented. They had to come up with certain hacks like some people like me have a hard name to pronounce for the AI. So they have a hack that says Jennifer Lopez will say, hello sailor instead of hello or whatever. But despite all of this, why did this campaign not continue? Why do you think if something works so well? Well, it's because -- the team could not stop people from figuring out how to hack this capability and always make JLO say the wrong thing or make the wrong gesture, right?
So they had to take it down. It was just too much to manage it. Now this leads us to another issue, which is very important and central to our meeting today, which is you can look at this and say, okay, this is amusing, right? And fiction, oh, yes, astronaut in space, run a horse, very amusing, aha. The question is, what happens when it's this, right? This guy made Obama say whatever he wanted to say. This group of hack German hackers made Putin to his great anger, say a lot of stuff that he didn't mean. There was a lot of deep fakes around the presidential election that happened a couple of years ago and all sorts of deep fakes and videos and it's getting really bad. It's creating an environment where the bar has become so low now for the bad guys to use it that it is so easy to kind of do fraud and do all sorts of things that fool us. And that's a serious issue that brings up responsible AI.
The main theme I want to give you here is there is a strategic advantage here. As the world realizes how dangerous the technology is and as the regulators crack down on it and policy cracks down, it creates not a headwind, as Remco said, but an actual opportunity if you're doing responsible targeting. And we'll talk about some examples of that. Here's another example. I did a panel at South by Southwest a year ago, 1.5 years ago. We called it enough with the [building]. I'll let you figure out why we called it that.
But we started by saying, hey, and it was a room full of marketers and branding managers and advertisers. And we said, "Hey, AI will disrupt and transform marketing, branding and CRM. Who agrees with that? Almost everybody in the room raised their hand. And these are examples of what you could be doing. Then the second question was, would you, you, brand manager, read an e-mail if you knew it was generated by AI. And only a few people in the room raised their hands. I actually talked to some of them just to figure out why they raised their hand. But I, for example, the minute you tell me that will not be interested. And that's a real problem here of how do you use this technology while keeping the messaging genuine and the interaction human.
So here's an example of a company who got in trouble by listening to AI, right? I honestly don't know it was in the head of the brand manager here, but I suggested this ad for Skechers, athletic shoes. And not only I would look at it, I don't get it, but the reaction was horrible, like people went completely negative on them. And there were a long fortune article, you can look it up written about this. This is an example of how we shouldn't follow this technology blindly, and we should figure out how to use it appropriately.
So key themes, and then we'll go into kind of examples relevant here. Working AI without -- requires machine learning, machine learning requires data. So it's all about data. You want smarter, not larger models. I'll talk a little bit about that. Talent is a big deal and responsible AI, doing it correctly and safely, AI safety in general is becoming very important. So what about marketing? Well, changes and confusion bring great opportunities is the theme here, right? So shifting consumer search patterns, it was referenced a few times. No one really quite understands AI search. What happens in a world when you only get one answer instead of a bunch of possibilities that you can choose from. Can you get the right signals from -- of intent from chatbot conversations? Can you get it from anonymized or pseudonymized chats?
The media is changing. So there's a big move now more back into TV because kind of people are overwhelmed in other channels and of course, digital audio and so forth. Out-of-home advertising screens everywhere. How do you actually manage the right messaging to the right type of audiences at the right time and all of that is a very, very hard problem for advertisers and for the publishers, the screen owners. There's a new content landscape out there, right? Content is changing and your ability to kind of get to it is changing. We're going to hear about retail media for branding, and there's some very interesting things happening in that space.
Mobile in-app advertising, I don't need to say much about it. But like Remco started the whole meeting, mobile is definitely the most powerful medium for advertising and for relevant advertising. The science of anonymization, which is a big deal, it does not exist, right? People have tricks. People try to avoid the obvious trouble, and I'll give you an example. But there's a lot of questionable and breakable anonymization. You think you anonymize the data set, but with a little bit of math, you can kind of triangulate back -- so let me give you an example of that.
It used to be on the board of a company called eXelate that got acquired by Nielsen in 2015. In 2014, they were having an existential crisis, right? Why? Because the cookies disappeared. Apple had iOS 8, and they started blocking cookies. And what was the solution at the time, which at the time, made them look like geniuses and actually led to their acquisition because with a very simple triangulation, take the IP address, cross the browser version, cross the device type, which you get almost all the time, and you can reconstruct essentially identity. It was 95% ID recovery, right, even better than cookies.
This, by the way, is now called fingerprinting. It's a bad practice. It's not accepted. You can't do it in most cases. AI can provide a whole other level of understanding, and I think you've heard about some of it's happening here, and I'll share with you one case study that I came across that really impressed me. And how do we map behaviors and intent into kind of this very relevant idealist targeted ad. All right.
So with that, I actually -- Verve did not point me to this. I actually came across this completely neutrally as I was researching for the stock. And I actually really love this application, right? There was a case study that we got published with LinkedIn, where -- and this is recent. I thought the results were super powerful, right? The cost per install was down 38%. Cost per app activation was 39% and the post-install tracking achieved over 90% event visibility, right?
So these are amazing numbers. But here's what I liked about it. This is a great example of what I call clean innovation, right? Because we have our own test for responsible AI, and I kind of put it through the test and it passed very nicely. It's an example of the proper leverage of the technology, and it's based on analyzing behavioral patterns. And that result for reducing the customer acquisition cost came from being able -- this is not doable by humans, right? 1.5 million ad auctions per second to predict kind of what's going on.
So it's a pretty impressive case study. And I'm not saying it because this is a Verve meeting. It's actually something to be proud of. So changes in confusion bring great opportunities. Well, data is a strategic moat, whether it's zero party or first party. We heard about this before. User opt-in for data collection, it survives all the privacy challenges basically. So can you get it and can Verve achieve it in the open Internet -- the walled gardens, they can do this because they can force you to log in and they can do bad things if you don't log in or degrade your experience. So scaling beyond the walled gardens is a big deal and is a big challenge.
A few minutes on what's been happening with Gen AI. Last year, I would say the models got larger. I honestly don't know why. I'll talk about this. RAG is a hack, retrieval augmented generation to overcome the problem that these models became so large, you can't retrain them. Agentic AI is now everywhere and probably for good reasons. So we'll spend a minute on that. And examples of things that essentially got tracked almost as a problem is computer programming. For well-understood tasks, the machines do it better than humans. And Vibe coding is -- you've heard about the SaaS-pocalypse and the software crisis that's happening because the machines are getting very good at generating code.
So larger models. Why are these larger -- why are these models getting larger? So GPT-3, which is circa 2020 was the last time OpenAI was open. They stopped being open after that. We know exactly it had 175 billion parameters. Those are weight on the neural net that makes what's called the deep learning model. And it was trained on 1 terabyte of data, right? That was highly curated. So OpenAI spent a lot of money just curating data because when they try to use data off the Internet, it didn't work, lots of bad data, lots of inconsistent data.
It went to 0.5 trillion to 3.5 trillion. It went to, we think, about 1.5 trillion for GPT-4. Very reliable rumors says around 12 trillion parameters for GPT 4, 5. And all these models, GPT-4 and onwards have been trained on the same data set from 2023. that's 3 years old data. Why? And that's an interesting question. And why is kind of bigger is better, the rhetoric that's being repeated out there. And why do these models not use knowledge when you have it? It has to reconstruct knowledge even when you know something. So those are interesting questions.
So here's the quandary. You build one model. It knows 90 to 100 languages. It knows every field of science out there. What happens if you try to update it? What happens if you say, "Oh, I want to teach it a new skill, right? Let's say, I want to add the ability to build financial statements in Japanese. There are 3 or 4 kind of mysteries, scientific mysteries when it comes to these large language models. One of them is this one. Once I teach it something new, something completely unrelated degrades, right? So like, for example, your ability to do German tech documentation somehow, which is unrelated to Japanese financial statements. Physics, right, gets corrupted. So here's the problem.
Retraining is very expensive because these models are so huge. GPT-3, remember, the 175 billion on just 1 terabyte of data, every time you hit the retrain button, we're going to ignore hardware, software people, electricity, $3 million of electricity every time you say retrain on that model that's now considered small, right? So imagine what these trillions of parameters cost every time you need to retrain. And imagine what happens when you add -- change the data and now you have to verify, hey, I learned all the skills. Are they still there? That's a very expensive testing thing.
So larger LLMs are not necessarily better. It turns out most tasks you can do with very narrow, smaller language models. I like to combine prior knowledge through knowledge graphs with it. And I'm a big believer in these narrow kind of focused models. So always with my team, I tell them, don't ask me about what's the largest model you can -- we can afford. It's what's the smallest LLM that we can get away with is the right approach here. You get efficiency, speed, privacy, customization, but most importantly, you get the ability to incorporate corrections, right? That's the intervention, the human feedback, which can't happen today with the large models.
The ability to retrain the model and the ability to run on local machines and maybe on the edge, not necessarily the cloud, including your mobile device, which is happening. I'm going to skip some of the things around kind of RAG and what's happening, but RAG is essentially a technique that says, ignore everything you know, just use these documents I'm giving you and don't look at anything else, which means you take like this huge bulldozer and you say, "Hey, I want to push this little needle and that bulldozer is very expensive to operate. And there's varieties of RAG, right, from advanced modular graph, weird stuff is happening, right?
People are doing vibe coding. They're doing a lot of these RAG pipelines, and they have no idea how to maintain them. Like what happens when you come back 6 months later and try to say, why did I use this prompt? Why did I use this keyword? And why is it changing dramatically if I change it? And what happens, the model got updated so my pipeline doesn't work anymore. Agents, you can't avoid talking about them. So I'll just say a couple of things.
First of all, the difference, generative AI, you have to issue a prompt to get a response. With agents, they just detect events and they act on their own and often, they'll collaborate multiple agents. And that's a powerful model. There's many ways to build it. I'll skip that. I'll just mention that this has been going on for a while. Here's an example from a few years back in 2024, where a planning agent would spawn a whole bunch of, in this case, they are LAMA models from Meta, 7 billion models and tell them to specialize and go look for these types of bugs, let's say, zero-day vulnerabilities in the software. You could show -- they showed that there was a lot of speed up and all sorts of good stuff.
But what's interesting here is what's happening recently with Nathos, right? So Agentic AI for cybersecurity built on cloud Anthropic says the model is so powerful, I'm not going to give it to anybody. Only the trusted companies, and there's a whole controversy who's trusted and who's not. I've been spending time researching whether this is real or this is the most amazing marketing scheme ever. Like my model is so good, you can't have it. So you got to beg me for it.
By the way, another example I'd like to refer to is one that's published actually in the New York Times too or in Fortune. This is a vending machine that used Agentic AI. And the good stuff is it figured out which products to order, how to optimize. It kind of repeated attempts to be kind of jail broken by the employees' books. Bad stuff started also happening, right? It started losing money because employees would give it these soft stories about I'm broke and I need a snack and started claiming, I'm a human and I live at, what is it, 742 Evergreen terrace. I don't know if you know that address from the Simpsons. So it's all weird stuff that happens with these agents. Just like you manage human beings, you have to figure out how to manage an agentic workforce. I don't have time to cover kind of the lessons learned from using agentic AI, but we'll make the slides available if you're interested.
The biggest deal here is how do you build that talent and how do you train people. And that's an area where we spend a lot of our energy. And we use experiential education, meaning just lecturing isn't enough. You need to do it in the context of projects being solved and the technology being used. So I'll end with some questions here. Over the New Year break, I came across this quote from Abraham Lincoln. He said it on December 1, 1862, the U.S. was doing horribly the north in the war. But he says something that's really powerful that appeals to me. The dogmas of the quiet past are inadequate to the stormy present. The occasion is piled high with difficulty, and we must rise with the occasion, which I love that expression with the occasion as opposed to the occasion.
And then he says, we must take a new and act a new. We must disenthrone ourselves. What does that mean? You have to shake this belief that how we did things in the past is how we do them in the future. So this led me to do at the beginning of the year, something I've never done before. You're welcome to download the memo. I did my prediction for what's happening in AI in 2026. You might find them interesting. I've shared them with some of the folks at Verve as well.
So with that, take away themes because I'm over my time. Data is the big asset here. It's the big investment-grade asset. Small language models and narrow solutions lead to some amazing results -- and you can address many of the problems if you kind of approach this rationally. The last thing I'll end with is no data, no AI. So think about that and human intervention is an absolute must. The biggest danger to AI is this the gap, the gap between how powerful the demo is and how disappointing the implementation is. So every time something new comes out, I go, I rush to implement it. And every time pretty much, I am amazed at how bad it is. So with that, I'll end the talk and hopefully, you'll have some questions for me in the next session. Thank you, Ingrid.
Thank you.
Thank you so much for your deep insight and sharing your thoughts on AI. What I can really say is that capital markets are already benefiting big from AI because so far, it was not possible to include Jennifer Lopez or astronauts on horses into IR presentation. So I really love that. So that was a powerful way to open the expert sessions of the 2026 Capital Markets Day of Verve. We now move forward from the broader data and AI perspective into one of the most dynamic areas of the advertising ecosystem, retail media. The promise here is very direct. Closing the loops, sorry, forgot the switch, closing the loop between media exposure, commercial intent and actual outcomes. To take us through this, please welcome Raimund Bau, President, Verve Retail Media with this session, Closed-loop Retail Media.
Thanks for having me. We heard a lot about data from the summer, how important data is, and we heard a lot about outcomes today. What is the ultimate outcome for an advertiser? The ultimate outcome for an advertiser is selling the product they advertise. The reason why this company exists is because we enable advertisers to sell more now or later. It's the only reason why we have advertising and why we have media.
So for advertisers, Remco showed the largest advertising groups we have, CPG, it's pharma. It comes as no surprise that retail media is overtaking linear TV, is on the path of overtaking social media in the U.S. in '28. The growth rates of retail media are unprecedented by any other advertising form. And the reason is because retail media is able to inform the advertiser if advertising actually works. And the second reason is because retail media is happening at the point of purchase. And when we talk CPG, we talk a lot of low involvement products, products that you don't typically think for, for 6 or 9 months. It's not a car purchase. It is a product which you decide on buying at the shelf or in the e-commerce store.
So retail media has seen tremendous growth. And the question is often, will that growth flatten? I believe this is just the beginning because if you see the amount of ad spend that the CPGs and pharma and health care companies do in this space, there's lots of room for retail media. However, I believe retail media is not perfect as it is today. It has seen tremendous growth, but it has tremendous shortcomings as well. A lot of the spend of retail media goes into channels that does not have the properties I described before. It's not where the customer is actually buying. It's somewhere else. It's informed by the data. It's informed by the purchase data, but it's not where the customer is.
Sometimes it's not even combined with the purchase data and still called retail media. 95% of the CPG purchases, and that's our largest groups of advertisers are happening in the store, still in the store, in front of the shelf. The other problem that we see today in today's market with a lot of retail media companies is retailers build those retail media companies and only market, obviously, their channels, their stores with those platforms they build that could be seen as an inconvenience to the advertiser who now needs to go across several channels or use some third party to actually spend retail media spend.
Let me tell you, it's more than that. It's more than inconvenience. It's a political friction that is created between the brands and the retailers. Why? -- because essentially, retail media budgets end up in the yearly negotiations between the brands and the retailers and end up as basically a trading point in how much the goods -- how much the product costs for the retailer to purchase. So that is basically holding back true media spend in the category. The other shortcoming is the full funnel is not connected. It's a lot of is happening off-site retail media. Some is happening on-site. -- little is happening in the store itself in terms of promotions.
But we rarely see a full funnel connection where actually a consumer is tracked through upper funnel media all the way down to promotions to in-store purchases. And this is all despite the tremendous growth of retail media in the last couple of years. We're addressing these shortcomings, which was something which we call Sofa to Store. Sofa to store is more than just a lofty concept. And the video I'm going to show you now is an actual store is one actual store out of many actual stores, which are running this.
Please, the video.
[Presentation]
So what you just saw is actual implementation of how we use our platform. You saw center technology, you saw upper funnel targeting with the woman sitting at your CTV or on a smartphone or a mobile device, actually receiving messages from us, going into the store. Sanders understand social demographics, the same social demographics we use for targeting in the upper funnel, we can now extract inside of the store. You've seen the checkout integration, the coupon integration, the smart cards actually understanding where the person is precisely in the store down to one yard.
This -- all this technology is not some prototype. It's not some POC we ran somewhere. We were able, I say this with pride, less than 1 year to build the largest retail media network in Germany, the largest cross-retailer media network. Consists of more than 5,000 screens that you may say as a financial analyst, there will be a lot of CapEx on the company. It's not. Everything we have built is a platform. This is a platform game. It's a data game. We ingest data. We partner with screen providers that are already in the store. We have very few screens ourselves, but the majority of this is just a platform game. It's understanding which data we need to in-source, which screens we need to play to, which sensor data we use for which targeting, how we bring this all together.
Basically, we have Germany covered after 10 months. There isn't a single city we are not in. There's more stores added every day. It's 17,000 in total where we have ability to target shoppers, some with screens, some about screens, all with integrations into the checkout system to be able to actually convert shoppers. 46 million contacts per week, 85% of the German population targetable. And the most important thing, retail media has 2 aspects. It's retail and media. It has to work for the retailer. That's the one thing we focus on because we consider ourselves as a partner to these retailers.
On average, we're able to lift up store sales by 9% with this by the retailer himself using our platform to drive shoppers to the fresh aisle to drive shoppers to highly profitable sections of the store. We work with over 200 brands on this. As Christian pointed out, we are ramping up sales here. But the platform we have built is extremely powerful and unheard of in that speed. Just to give you a little bit of examples what else is happening in the German retail media market. And this is not an underdeveloped country in terms of retail. If you ask any retailer in the world, what is the hardest retail country in the world is Germany, raises and margins, extremely good players in this.
A lot of in-store activity going on. So we built more than 17,000 stores. That's a nice number. But what's really important is we're going away from a political friction that all these retailer built retail media networks have. We're going away from a friction by creating a cross-retail network, truly independent of the yearly negotiations that the retailers have with the brands. We are a trusted alternative much as we are a trusted alternative to the walled gardens in the other parts of the business. And we don't stop at grocery stores. We don't stop at drug stores. We actually go into pharmacies, more than 9,000. We go into cinemas. -- cinemas advertising in grocery stores. We launched the first major campaign today with this. Next is gas stations. We have gas stations advertising in pharmacies and vice versa. So there's really a retailer network we've spun.
Do we need screens for this? Do we need the in-store part of this? Well, the in-store part is really helpful, really powerful because as I told you, the decision is being made at the point of purchase, but we also developed another technology that we call Add2wallet. We are able to basically put a wallet pass with a mobile app into the shopper's personal iOS, Android wallet and are able to geolocate that wallet and a message pops up as soon as that person comes close to the store.
So again, it's the screen in your pocket that's the most powerful medium, and we connect that screen by actually with coupons and thereby actually be able to have a screen anywhere in any store. The title of this is called the compounding engine. What's compounding here? Well, what's compounding here is we start everything we do with receipt data with an understanding of what are people shopping in the store. And out of this receipt data, we can derive AI models, we can derive targeting models, predictive models to actually drive more impact, drive more understanding of the consumer.
This will, in turn, then lead to higher redemption rates, higher spending of these consumers. And actually, the redemptions of the coupons give us a hint of the elasticity of how much we're able to move inside of a certain store and certain geo location with a certain class of consumers. And we bring all the data together, all the data we have at birth, and Michele is going to talk more about this later. To actually form a deep understanding of ZIP code level targeting dynamics, which regions are losing, which are winning. So for the advertiser and for a lot of brands, we showed this towards mind-blowing. For the first time, they can look in real time at math and understand how their market share for specific products, specific brands is changing. They can then target the individual stores, the individual reason on ZIP code level or H3 clusters, Hexagon, really go down precisely and fix problems or accelerate brand growth where they need to, not like target everything at once, but really precisely allocating budgets where this is needed.
To give you some examples, we ran a lot of campaigns, just some examples here. And the first one is one of my favorite small regional brands. It's a mixture of serup and Coke. It is a #8 brand, #8 brand. That's pretty bad. If you're #8 brand with a retailer, you have a good chance of getting delisted of getting no promotions of basically getting kicked out of the store. What we managed to do, we moved that #8 brand in 3 weeks to #3. It surpassed Coke, the Coke brand in that category in only 3 weeks, and we have lasting effects that we see for this brand. And this means for brands that we are capable of moving them in a rank position within a retailer of actually improving their positioning with that retailer, expanding the number of facings that can place within a retailer.
They precisely, they targeted. And that is precisely the outcome that CPG brands need in order to succeed and grow their inventory. Is this hard to copy? We did it in only 10 months. Maybe it's not so hard to copy, but I will tell you why it's so hard to copy. First of all, in Germany, and I'll talk about Germany first. We have a physical in-store presence is unsurpassed. So no one has more stores targetable than we do in Germany. We have a multitude of different store types that we sell to. We have a network of stores. We have cross-retailer receipt data.
So we understand what is being sold in the pharmacy. We understand what's being sold in the supermarket, oftentimes in the same region in the same ZIP code. So the level of understanding is really deep. The secret sauce is really making sense of all of this, bringing it all together in one platform, making it targetable. Therefore, we use proprietary AI models, which really inform us about the elasticity, about the products, about which brand is losing, gaining market share, where the brands should target.
And the fourth is an independent scientifically backed ups of measurement methodology, which we also developed in those 11 months, and it's completely API-based, works across all of the different brand formats and retailers. So if we take a step further, how would this look like in the U.S.? Is this scalable? Is this a one-hit wonder? I think it's very scalable. And I cannot provide you today with contracts, but I can tell you that we are in advanced negotiations of closing more than -- data from more than 50,000 stores in the U.S.
So sales data from stores in actual stores will understand that. We are in advanced negotiations for contracts for in-store media, where we actually have hardware suppliers, existing in-store media players wanting to work with us. They want to join us on the platform. They're integrating into our platform because it's the best platform in the market. The AI models and the A of measurement, of course, that's exactly the same. So it's a platform game that we can now take to any country.
So to sum it up, in less than a year, we built the largest retail media network in the country. So if you have any doubt about the ability to execute in this company, I think this should be one of the proof points that we are able to execute very fast if we want to, very precise and we succeed. Now we are building the same thing in the United States, geospatial targeting receipt data, insights from consumers, AI-based in-store sensors to sofa to store concept. But we have one unfair advantage in the U.S. that we didn't have in Germany. We have a world-class sales team that's already selling to CPG, health care and pharma in the U.S. And that is what Mishel is going to tell you more about.
All right. I feel like we didn't talk enough about AI today. So we're going to do a little bit more of that. So for those of you who don't know me, me and my team, we spend a lot of time talking to advertisers, understanding what are their needs, what are their pain points. And trust me, they have a lot of pain points these days. When it comes to the agency world, agencies are under a lot of pressure. They need to prove value to their clients, to the end advertisers, and it's not easy to do these days.
We're all seeing the shifts in the industry. Some HoldCos are gaining market share, while others do not. And even the ones that are most successful, for example, Publicis, when you look at their guidance for how much they're going to grow this year, and that's the leading HoldCo, that's 7%. At the same time, they're dealing with vendors that are basically telling them the same story. Everyone gives them the same promises around how they are going to use AI and help them succeed and drive value to their clients and differentiation, as Remco mentioned earlier, is difficult.
So what I'm going to spend a few minutes on -- in this talk is how do we differentiate, how do you use data and how do we turn signals into outcomes. Even that term, outcomes is overused these days in the industry. Everyone talks about it. It could be outcomes, it could be incrementality. But at the end of the day, what you need to show, as Raimund mentioned, is helping those advertisers increase sales, and that's where we come to play. Prediction, intent, all of the terms that I'm going to use during this session relies on data. If you don't have good data, your ability to predict the right outcome is limited. And as Dr. Usama Fayyad mentioned, if you're lacking on the data side, you're not really going to accomplish a lot.
By show of hands, who used AI today? LLMs. Keep your hand up if you use it in the last 30 minutes. In fact, there are people in this room, I'm one of them, who have agents running from them as we speak. I was actually seeing some people use their phones interacting with their agents while we were listening to the prior presentations. When it comes to using LLMs and using AI, that really changed the way people interact and consume information. For a long time, search was limited to a tiny search box that was a strong signal for intent.
I'll give you an anecdote. A few years ago, I spoke to one of our clients who told me that if they could, they would deploy 100% of their budget to search. I asked why. And the response I got was intent. That advertiser felt like when a user is looking for something, that's a great signal for intent. Does it make sense? And if they could, they would deploy their budgets to it. And then I asked the obvious follow-up question, which was, so why don't you deploy 100% of your budget to search? And the response I got was scale.
Traditionally, search was limited in terms of scale. That's why advertisers had to expand and go broad. And they were always hoping to find that intent or those intent signals elsewhere. What happened over the past few years is the evolution of LLMs is now giving those advertisers the ability to unlock intent much earlier and in ways that were not possible before. And then it's on us to go and identify those intent signals and turn them into signals -- into outcomes.
What's important here is not getting -- not being overwhelmed by signals. There's so much data out there. It could be overwhelming. And in many cases, it can turn into noise and not to outcomes. The successful players in this market are able to turn those signals into outcomes. And what I'm going to show is not just a presentation. I'm actually going to show you later a live demo of what we've built and how we're going to go with that to market because it's not just about talking the talk, it's for us walking the walk and being able to show execution in that regard.
The other thing about intent when it comes to traditional search is if you are only focused on the search box at the very last minute of where the user is searching for something very specific, that auction might be too expensive. You might be paying too much for it, and it might be too late. Maybe the user already made a decision between Reebok or Nike. And what we want to do is we want to influence the decision before it happens, in the consideration phase, and that's something that we're able to do by having access to those types of data points.
The other thing that is important to keep in mind is this is not just a story about AI, it's a story about identity. For many years, traditional advertising models were built around persistent identifiers, cookies, mobile ad IDs, triangulation, static audience definitions. And that obviously worked in some ways, but it also created a lot of limitations because a lot of that data was stale. Remco mentioned the example of someone being in the market for buying a car. I could be in the market for buying a car today, but that might not be relevant 2 months from now. So the recency of data, the accuracy of it is super important. When advertisers used all traditional ID-based models, being able to refresh those data sets was limited. And because of that, they were sometimes wasting their money or in many cases, wasting the money because of that.
That entire foundation is under pressure. The opt-in rate of users giving consent keeps going down. There is a lot of pressure around triangulation or fingerprinting in the industry. Apple is one of the leaders of that. They really don't like it, and they're going to continue pushing against it, and that creates a huge opportunity for us. So the question becomes if identifiers are less dependable, how do you still find the right consumers at the right moment with the right message. And that message also depends on the way we present it, and that's the creative aspect that was mentioned earlier.
So our answer to that is we're not going to keep chasing that old model forever. We will obviously continue using IDs when they're available. We're not against it, but you have to evolve beyond that. Our answer is to combine proprietary intent signals from multiple sources, including zero-party data, that's the polling technology that was mentioned earlier. It's the ability to use on-device signals. It's the ability to do AI modeling and to have a privacy-first activation mindset. For many years, Verve has been the market leader when it comes to ID-less. We're not abandoning that. We're going to continue investing in ID-less solutions. In fact, the case study that Dr. Fayyad mentioned earlier with LinkedIn was all based on ID-less solutions that we have, all contextual, and you saw the results. The results were great. And this is not a client that doesn't have access to the best players in the world when it comes to user acquisition. That's LinkedIn. They're owned by Microsoft.
So our ability to perform in an ID-less environment is going to continue being a core part of the way we operate, but we're also augmenting it with signals that were not available before. When it comes to the consumers, they're still signaling exactly what they want. They're not silent. They're just signaling it in different ways. They're not just asking basic questions anymore to AI chats. They're having full conversations with them. They're also in parallel, searching across the web. And we have access to those data points. They're using apps.
When our SDK is integrated into those apps, that gives us a lot of access to understand how users are behaving. They're responding to our polls. So we have the ability to ask someone, are you in the market for buying a car right now? That's a very powerful signal that we get -- that we put together as part of our overall holistic view of the consumer. They are browsing, they're comparing products. We all do that with LLMs. That's one of the biggest use cases out there when it comes to commerce. And there are also -- there are investors in this room. People are now using LLMs to make investment decisions. Now is it the right approach or not? I guess time will tell. But it is becoming a big part of the way consumers interact with LLMs today.
If you are not using a partner that can connect all of those signals that I mentioned, data becomes noise and it becomes noise. And when data becomes noise, advertisers waste budgets. It's like the old John Wanamaker quote, who said 50% of the advertising dollars that they spend are wasted. I just don't know which 50%. That's still relevant today. When it comes to -- I assume some economists in this room -- it's the invisible hand. When you look at what happens to the dollars from the advertiser side to the consumer acquisition or to the outcome, there is still a lot of wastage that is happening in this industry. And we are here to solve that problem by better understanding what users actually want, what are they signaling and turning that into outcomes.
So targeting through broadly is obviously not going to work when you think about outcomes. Optimizing too late is going to result in outcomes that are not necessarily the ones that you're looking for and missing the moments where demand is actually forming is going to result in, again, wasting dollars. And that's obviously, not something that anyone would want. And this is exactly the limitation that Verve is solving. We specialize in capturing and connecting intent across all the signals that I mentioned and then turning that intelligence into audiences and then activating against those audiences and driving the outcomes for clients.
So when people talk about moats, the moat is the ability to do that because some players in the market have limited access. Some will have access to LLM data. Others will have access to search data. Others might have access to polling. But we are the only player in the market that has the ability to have access to all of those signals, connect them and drive the outcomes for our clients.
In this example that you see on the screen here, we're looking at a CPG example. So this is a CPG advertisers selling healthy snacks. The old way of reaching relevant audiences for this brand would involve targeting a broad grocery audience, again, might be a stale list or people that showed interest in similar products and you go and you try to target them. That can work, but it can -- what normally happens is like it's catching users too late in their journey.
What we are doing is, again, going back to all the signals that I mentioned earlier, we're able to identify signals from various sources. So you have from an LLM chat prompt, someone is looking for high-protein vegan snacks. So it's not the direct brand that is being searched for, but it shows that this person might be looking for something that is relevant for this brand. And then we tie those searches with other online searches that this consumer has made on the web. And then we have the ability to go and ask this user, what is your go-to snack in this example.
Lastly, we connect all of that to purchase data. And that goes back to what Raimund said earlier. Your ability to drive outcomes depends on your ability to have access to the right data sets. And in this specific example, it's been able to access purchase data because otherwise, you're not really able to close the loop. The other thing that is interesting when it comes to data is I mentioned noise earlier. Advertisers have access to many dashboards, probably too many dashboards. And what those dashboards normally do is they answer retrospective questions. Why did we spend? What converted? What was the cost per acquisition and which campaigns performed, and which ones did not? Those are important questions. Don't get me wrong, but they're not enough.
I think that the harder questions are the ones that determine the next dollar. Where is demand forming? How does my brand show up in AI conversations? That's a big topic these days. We will talk about GEO. Which competitors are gaining momentum right now? Which audiences are emerging? And what should I do next as an advertiser? Answering those questions are more interesting because they are more forward-looking and not just backward looking. And if you only look at backward-looking data, that's where budgets get wasted. If you're not able to identify intent early enough, the spend will not go a long way when it comes to driving outcomes.
If you over target people that are no longer in market, going back to some of the examples that I mentioned, you optimize towards something that is not going to perform. And the commercial opportunity for Verve is to shift advertisers from backward-looking reporting to forward-looking intelligence, and that's exactly what we're doing. So what I'm going to do next is I'm going to walk you through a few live examples of a platform that we built recently. What it's going to show is how do we read the signals, how do we understand the opportunity as advertisers, and then how do we take those learnings and activate against the audiences that we're creating.
And then lastly, there is the optimization part because again, if you are not able to show the results, the outcomes, the performance, you're not really accomplishing a lot.
All right. So let me just get my glasses on for this. What you're looking at on the screen right now is a new platform that we've built called Verve Intelligence. Verve Intelligence gives us the ability to help advertisers understand how they're doing. When I say how they're doing, I'm referring to many different factors that I'll walk through some and show them the ability to better understand how they can perform. There's something about -- is it a bit blurry for you guys as well? Can we fix the blurriness? Yes, I was wondering if this me...
Let's try again. Okay. So in the meantime, I'll give you some more context on what you're going to see. So basically, if you're a brand that tries to promote a product or a list of products in the market or some services, you're kind of limited with what you can do, especially if you're SMB. What normally happens is SMBs go default to social media, the walled gardens that were mentioned earlier. And that's kind of what prevents you from being able to gain access to more advanced targeting and activation of campaigns.
When we thought about building this product, we try to address exactly that. How do we democratize access to advanced advertising and help indie agencies, mid-tier, smaller tier agencies gain access to more advanced advertising. I see the screen flickering. And the idea behind it was exactly to follow what I just mentioned, which is help brands identify the market, the market opportunity, intent signals and then turn that into activation in a single self-service platform.
That's going to help us not only better serve our clients, it will also allow us to unlock new revenue streams that otherwise would not be unlocked. Because when you think about it, yes, we are working on building a bigger sales team that will give us better coverage of the market, especially in North America, where I was telling someone outside anecdotally, the person who is covering Canada for us, they currently lives in Florida. And obviously, that's something that we need to address by having a bigger sales team.
But we won't be able to serve all 4,000 agencies in the U.S. just with hiring sellers in every single market. We will obviously focus on the more important markets when we determine our sales growth strategy. But there will be parts of the market that would benefit from using a self-service platform like this where seller interaction is not necessarily needed. So that's a big part of our growth. The other aspect that I will mention is, should I -- the other aspect I'll mention is -- when it comes to the performance, some of the agencies that I mentioned, in the SMB, et cetera, they are not -- they don't always have the right tools in order to be able to perform.
And in order to help them be successful, we need to make sure that the platform that we're building is helping them show up with their clients and perform for their clients in ways that they don't currently have access to. When I think about our positioning right now in the market in terms of product, in terms of the team, the quality of the team, I've been with this company for almost 12 years now, 2 years with Verve. It's the strongest product offering we've ever had and the strongest team we've ever had. So I'm very bullish about what we're going to do next in terms of conviction in our ability to win in the market.
So going back to the demo, it's always risky to do a live demo, but it looks like we now have it running. What you're looking at is Verve Intelligence. What you see in the top is basically a list of verticals that we all operate in. And in the example I'm going to show you, I actually want to look at a very current relevant vertical, which is gyms and fitness. Obviously, summer is coming. So everyone needs to shape up. And the smart gyms will need to make sure that they are winning market share.
So in this example, it's a made-up gym brand that we're promoting. What they are looking at when they start using Verve Intelligence is basically understanding of the consumers that they're working with in terms of what are they searching for in both traditional search and LLM and sales data because, again, think about, like, intent that drive outcomes. So if you don't have visibility to both parts, both sides of the spectrum, you're not really accomplishing a lot. So I won't go through every single aspect of this tool, but I think you'll get the point fairly quickly.
So I'm able to see -- if you look at the top brands in fitness in the U.S. in this example, who is winning when it comes to share of search, when it comes to share of LLM prompts because, again, like how brands show up in LLMs is super important these days. Giving advertisers this type of visibility is unique and will help them understand how can they win in the market? How do they need to show up in those types of conversations. What's also interesting is like when you think about a gym brand, normally what happens is like January comes, everyone has a New Year's resolution and they want to get in shape.
What's interesting, what we see in the data is that you might want to actually start your advertising in December when the intent is forming because if you wait until January, then you're competing with everyone else that is spending dollars right now to acquire users. And again, it might be too late. Maybe the consumer already made a decision around which gym they we were going to go with. So given brands those types of visibility is really helpful. Then there are lots of other factors, brands for scorecards, what are consumers actually looking for? Is it goals? Is it training?
I'll give you an example, like someone might be looking for comparing between Pilates and something else, and that's where the intent is forming and traditional search would not use that to go and find that consumer or like target that consumer, and that might be a good idea for the advertisers that we're talking about here. There are lots of other factors here. Obviously, geo plays a big role. You cannot assume that the interest in fitness is the same in every single place in the U.S. or even within specific states or cities.
Where it gets interesting is what I mentioned earlier. So you have all these insights as a brand, you're able to review your competition, you're able to understand how do you show up against your competitors and whatnot. But what do you do with that? You don't want that data to just exist in strategy decks that don't really lead to anything. What this platform allows you to do is to take those insights, to take these audiences and then activate against them immediately.
Now what I'm going to show you next is -- I selected a few random segments, and then I'm able to go and queue them up for activation. What I just showed you normally would take days, if not weeks, to figure out, and we're able to do that in just a few minutes. The next part is the activation part. And that's also something that used to take a long time to set up, and we're able to do that in minutes. Every campaign starts with a brief. So the advertiser will come to you and say, "Look, I have $30,000 to spend. I am going to try to target these types of audiences in these geos and these are the flight dates of the campaign." Obviously, there's a lot of back and forth. You make recommendations. And once everything is agreed on, the campaign goes live and there is optimization that will happen.
We are changing all of that, and we're making this process much faster and easier. So what I'm going to do now is, I'm going to -- we just landed on the ad manager, an advertiser will have a view of how they're performing. And if they want to launch a new campaign, they would click new campaign here. And then they're able to upload the media brief aspect that I just mentioned. So I'll select Forge Fitness, media brief. Open it. What's happening now is our ad platform took that media brief and created a campaign already. So all the different aspects that you see here in terms of like the campaign, the target KPIs, what's the cost per acquisition goal, et cetera, those were -- the budgets, those were all taken from the media brief that I just uploaded. So the advertiser is able to do that very quickly.
The audiences that are selected here are from the media brief, but we don't want to just rely on what's the media brief. In the media brief. We actually want to add the audiences that I just created that I showed you. So I'm clicking gear to add these audiences that I just created and then they will be added to this campaign. I scroll down, the creative is already there. And then this section here around frequency cap needs some input. So the AI engine, so I have an AI assistant on the right that you can see, is giving me a recommendation, I trust AI, so I'm going to say yes. And it selected front-loading for the spend. And then I go to the next screen. It will show me some -- the budget allocation that was done based on the brief, and then it will give me some recommendations.
So it's very common that whatever is put in the brief is not really going to be the best approach in terms of optimizing the campaign. So I can either accept or dismiss. I can also ask questions around why a certain recommendation was made. I'll skip that for now and move on to the next page. Then I get a campaign summary. And once I'm good with this, all the settings, I'm able to launch that campaign. So at this point, the campaign is launched. It's actually Q3, so it's queued. And what I just showed you, again, used to take days, if not weeks, and we're able to do that in minutes. So this campaign that I just created is queued, but I have a campaign that has been running for Q2 that I'll click on.
This gives me a summary of the campaign that was previously launched. I'm able to like look at metrics, how is it doing, for how long has it been running. It looks like I'm doing very well in terms of the cost per acquisition target. So we're lower than the target. And then I'm able to also view what kind of changes, what kind of optimizations were made to the campaign. Now one of the challenges working with AI platforms is, in many cases, there are black boxes. You're not able to understand if changes were made, why they were made and what was the outcome of those changes.
We are solving for that black box here. So basically, for every change that was made, it's telling me if it was AI generated or if I made a manual change. And then for anything that I'm not fully sure about, I can ask AI why a certain change was made to get better visibility into how the company is performing. So that's it in a nutshell for the demo. We can go back to the deck. I think that the important aspect to keep in mind from this demo is; a, our ability to, again, understand the signals, use them, then drive intelligence and deliver outcomes; and b, the reduction of friction. So your ability to run campaigns efficiently using a platform like this will lead to many efficiencies in terms of how many people do we need in order to support campaign execution and also the driving of the outcomes, which are super critical for advertisers.
And with that, just as a recap, the future of advertising will not be won by companies with scale. Scale is important. That's table stakes. If you don't have scale, you won't accomplish a lot. It will be done -- it will be won by companies that understand intent earlier, activate it faster and prove the outcome. That is where Verve is building. Thank you.
Thank you very much, Mishel.
You're staying here on stage. Exactly. So click, please. So that is the end of our tech session. That means we're moving into the next Q&A session. Correctly, perfectly. Raimund, please come on stage.
This Q&A session will now focus on the expert session we just heard, so on retail media, predictive targeting and the broader themes around signals, data and outcomes. As before, if anybody would like to ask a question, please raise your hand and one of our mic runners will come over to you. Perfect. Then we got the first one -- and for the online audience, please type your questions into the chat. I will get them directly on my display. Please go ahead.
Great. Laura Martin from Needham. Really interesting product. Is the business model charging a separate data fee for this? Or is it only available through the DSP and you're sort of upcharging on the cost per 1,000 by using all this proprietary data?
So every campaign that we sell has a data component to it. And based on the data sources that we would use, we would price it accordingly. We have different rate cards based on the outcome that we need to drive. Obviously, running a healthcare campaign will involve different execution than running a CPG campaign. So we take all of those factors into account when we decide on pricing.
Is the pricing the take rate or the pricing is like a monthly subscription?
So it depends on the product. So like for managed service, it will be a full pricing that will be delivered. For PMPs, if you activate programmatically, you're able to define a cost per thousand impressions as part of the deal creation. And for DSP, it could be a combination of take rate plus data feed.
Okay. And then I was surprised in the video. My last question, you had a camera scanning a woman in a store. That feels highly invasive. Can you bring that kind of non-permissioned assessment to America?
So first of all, it's not a camera, it's a sensor. That device does not store any information. That device only stores the information of group composition, sociodemographics. It is, by definition, an anonymous pseudonymized device. And yes, there's legal assessments for, I believe, 49 states as of now. But I have to add, we are working with different sensor partners. We don't need to work with that one. We can work with other ones. There's also CCTV cameras that are used by some of our major hardware partners deployed in the U.S. that are already extracting that social demographic information and not making use of it today, but we would be able to access that information. So the key is the difference between the sensor and the camera is that a sensor does not store the image information. So it's noninvasive. It is really much less than the CCTV cameras we have all over the stores actually storing the image information.
Great. Herman, please go ahead.
This is a cynical question now, Mishel. With the software you have developed converting -- I call this instinct data into actions, which means the high speed of converting it to a salable campaign, should the productivity of the sales force not go up dramatically because they have now at a fingertip the data and the demos and the examples, which really means that the onboarding, which we are doing here, that we are spending this EUR 10 million, get these people onboarded and so on. It's a thought I would like to leave with you is should the productivity targets not be higher?
But the question I have is actually a different one is -- where is the value? The value, as our professor has highlighted is data. He said, "The only investment-grade asset is data." That's what was said. So what we are selling in the campaign is data. The technology we have converting what our learnings by gathering the data into actionable campaigns is a software, which I believe others can replicate or others can build as well and it's not really the asset. So to me, the growth relates to how can we scale the data gathering? And how can we differentiate from a data gathering relative to the peers? And what is your strategy to make our data gathering better than the competition?
Yes. So a big part of what we've built over the past few months was exactly that, ensuring that we have access to the right data sources that allow us to build those audiences in the holistic way that I presented. That's an ongoing thing. It's like it's never done. For example, our next phase is going to involve running ads in LLMs themselves, and that will also give us more data around how users are interacting even more than what we have right now. So it is going to be an evolving thing. I agree with you that having access to data is super important, but the execution of what do you do with that data is equally important.
And I think that we are uniquely positioned because we have access to all these different data points that others do not have access to or cannot combine in the way that we do in order to create differentiation in the market. Just to refer to your comment about productivity, it is a big part of what we're doing as a company right now. AI efficiencies is something that we spend a lot of time on. We just had our AI demo day last week on Thursday. And this is a constant thing that we're pushing in the organization.
So just as a clarification also, data being the only investment class asset, I was talking about within the AI equation. If you're talking about the setting, let's say, of serving ads, there's a huge value to figuring out how to do integration, how to work with existing systems, how to integrate with the right publishers. So that's a different equation.
Great. Matt, please.
Maybe just one for Mishel, and apologies if I didn't quite grasp this in the presentation. But I'm just trying to better understand how you effectively unify all these disparate data sources. If you think about the search intent data that you've acquired from Captify, the LLM data, basically, like how do you connect those to formulate the audiences in a privacy compliant manner?
Yes. So in general, in advertising, if you have access to IDs, you normally use an ID graph, and we have an ID graph that we use internally. If you're looking at ID-less, ID-less could involve contextual signals, where is the user, the location, which app they're using, lots of other contextual signals that you can use. And what's important or what's interesting is what can you derive from other users that you saw that you have access to their data about a certain outcome in a way where -- if you get those signals elsewhere, you're still able to make a prediction that, that consumer is going to do something that the advertiser wants. So being able to operate in both ID-less and ID-based is super important in these types of applications.
Thank you. Any other questions here from the room? Then I would say, Simon, we turn to an open question from earlier. So we had a question earlier on the metrics of retail media. What are unit economics? How could take rates look like? What's the typical campaign size? And like overall, a general picture on margin without getting too specific, please?
Yes. I'll try to do that. And I mean, a lot of this information is public in general on retail media. So typical campaign sizes of in-store retail media range anywhere between 20,000 and 200,000. That is the regular ranges we have been seeing as well. That is in line with what some of the competitors, the retailers are running. I have built a large retail media network before with Schwarz Group, the owner of Lidl and Kaufland, and that was in line to what I saw there as well.
Generally, how we sell this is in bundles. So the trade marketing manager would receive a different activation bundle that would be screens, would be some upper funnel activity, would be the passes you saw, the wallet passes all the way down to checkout couponing. Now for media manager within a brand, the story is a bit different. It starts at the upper funnel. It's more CTV mobile-based. And then really goes down to the individual store to the redemption as a proof point and the receipt data as a proof point. So that is how we built this.
Take rates, typically, if you look at competition in that market are between 20% and 30% that are typical take rates. However, if you look at the story with and without data, if you research the typical CPM of digital out-of-home campaigns within a store, you'll find that the CPMs are rather low. But what we've also seen in the industry as soon as this is combined with data, CPMs fivefold, tenfold. It's up to $30, up to $80 CPM rates, which we're seeing in-store data, actual receipt data combined in-store. And there's, yes, ample of public examples available for that.
But what I believe that we build is really a coherent story for the brand, touching all parts of the customer journey and adding data to all of the points. And by the way, this is a coherent platform that we are building on to. So to your question before, can be sensors? Can be no sensors? Can be extensive receipt data? Can be store level data? So that's how flexible we are. And obviously, pricing and willingness to pay of advertisers changes as more data is added. In the end, it's a data play.
Great. Maybe to elaborate a bit on that. On the international expansion, of course, the U.S. market, you said it before, is one of the most interesting markets in the future for us. What would you consider the main differences between Germany and the U.S. in a potential rollout? And also from size and pace, it took us 10 months to do that in Germany. Does it take 5x longer in the U.S.? Or is it possible at effectively similar rate?
So internally, we are super ambitious. So we set high goals. We -- and these goals I'm not going to communicate here publicly. But what you can imagine is that we are far ahead in terms of negotiations with partners. We are far ahead in terms of actually having this platform. You saw what Mishel and his team built as a platform. Obviously, you can connect the dots, all of this eventually comes together into one comprehensive understanding of consumers.
So comparing the U.S. retail market to German retail market, what I tell U.S. retail is often what you see in Germany may be your future in 1 or 2 years ahead in terms of margin compression, private label brands and so on. So -- but the markets are very similar, very comparable. I've worked extensively in retail in both markets. There is not that much of a difference in both markets really.
Great. Thanks. Any more questions from the room here? No. Then we've got another online question. To Mishel here probably, we're seeing increasing regulatory pressure on Google and with that potentially more regulatory pressure on digital advertising in general. How could this increased pressure Verve and how might it affect our revenue streams?
I see it as an opportunity. Being able to run a platform that was built from an infrastructure as ID-less gives us a lot of flexibility when it comes to being able to perform for our clients even with all the regulation that exists out there. I think that the key is what I was kind of alluding to earlier, being able to make the prediction, the best prediction you can make with data that is available to you. And that's something that we've built over the years, and we'll need to continue building and capitalizing on as we proceed.
As Remco mentioned earlier, every year, there is something new, like the breaking of the cookie, wars, tariffs, we have to be resilient and expect that there will be curveballs thrown at us at any given year, and our ability to execute and deal with those types of situations is critical.
Great. Thanks. And then looking at the time, maybe the last question to Usama. Yes, talking about machine learning. So it looks like one of the main differentiators in artificial intelligence will be machine learning. Training new models here appears to be much more time consuming than training large language models. How could a new entrant in the market reduce that advantage of well-established players by using new technology or significantly higher financial resources?
Higher financial resources. So what I would say, first of all, is a couple of things. Number one is you don't have to use the expensive models. You can use the cheaper models. We use, for example, in our projects, a lot of the Chinese models that happen to be very reduced versions of the big models and very effective.
On the machine learning, not everything is an LLM, not everything requires generative AI. The reality is, I know the market is obsessed with generative AI. Most applications of AI in the market are predictive AI kind of traditional machine learning models. Those are super cheap, like too cheap. The hard part is getting the data right and understanding the representation, like figuring out what is the opportunity in the market, how do we model it, and how do we manage kind of this early signal about leads, et cetera.
And that's where the AI models, predictive and generative can help a lot in terms of coming up with strategies for -- how do you nurture a lead? If I know somebody is not going to buy a car for another 2 years, what is it that I want to show them now, right? Or 6 months before or a week before.
Great. Thanks. I would say those are great final words. So thank you all from my side also to the audience. We're coming to the next part now, a warm applause, please, for our Q&A. So we're coming to the closing remarks. Again, thank you, Usama. Thank you, Raimund. Thank you, Mishel, and thanks, everybody, for their questions.
Before I hand back to Remco for the official closing remarks, let me add a few final words from my side as well. A Capital Markets Day is always a moment to zoom out from the quarter-to-quarter noise and to look at the architecture of a business. The market we operate in, the capabilities that we are building and the outcomes we believe we can produce. We hope that today's session has given you a clearer picture on Verve commercially, financially and technologically. So most importantly, we appreciate the time you have invested in us today, the dialogue with us and your direct questions. This really means a lot to me and to our whole team.
With that, Remco, let me hand it back to you for the final closing remarks.
Thank you very much. Yes, Capital Markets Day is for us, it's once a year, and it's always a good kind of point in time to realize the progress we're making as a company. And I'm really proud of the team, the presentations that we saw today, not only the presenters, the whole team actually, but I think it's really good to show what this company is building, is doing. And yes, we are, as I mentioned before, work in progress, which is never a good sale to investors, I know. But this company has a ton of potential, and I see a lot of stuff coming together that we have been building on in the last years. And what you saw here or what we presented, scaled access, that's important. scale is not making you win, but scale is a necessity.
Vertically integrated, efficient with tools that now also go towards advertisers, which go even into stores. So really getting a full integration, vertical integration from the consumer to the advertiser and the other way around. Depth of data, a lot of talk was about data. Data is key. Data is core. Data is an asset, and we have a ton of it. But you need to use it. It's about targeting, measuring outcomes, closed loops. Those things we have been building in the last years via acquisitions, via organic growth and really building all those pillars, and they're now coming together. And that should further result in further growth. I mean we've actually shown good growth in the last years, and we will continue to really show good growth in the future. I enjoy working here.
We are building the trusted alternative to walled gardens, as we say, that delivers business outcomes at scale. So we have a lot of brainstorming about what is the real essence, what are we really going for. But it's basically without having your own walled garden, curating the open Internet. There's tons of publishers out there that all have more and more problems monetizing their inventory. And if we can bundle them to our own open walled garden -- wrong word -- then we really have a big chance of being very successful here.
So we have strong momentum. We're ready to further grow. Organic investments, organic growth is the key. AI is key, data is key, a lot of things are key. But for the rest, it's also a lot of it is about execution and the team. And that's, I think, a very important point here. Without the team, we would not be able to do this. I'm super proud that part of the team is here. And we're looking forward to continue. We hope you like the company. We hope we were able to really give you some more feeling about the company, some more depth about the company. And I'm looking forward to the next Capital Markets Day. Thank you all very much.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Verve Group — Analyst/Investor Day - Verve Group SE
Verve Group — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning to our guests joining from America and a warm welcome as well to everybody joining us from Europe. My name is Ingo Middelmenne, Head of Investor Relations of Verve Group. I'm pleased to welcome you to our Q1 2026 earnings call. [Operator Instructions] As usual, we have prepared a presentation to provide you with some additional insight and transparency on our performance in the last quarter. After the presentation, we will, of course, take the time to answer your question. Please note that the entire call, including the Q&A session will be recorded and made available publicly on our website after the call. If you have already a question in mind, feel free to queue at any time during the call by clicking the Q&A button. With that, I'm handing you over to our CEO, Remco Westermann, to guide you through the first part of today's call. Remco, please go ahead.
Thank you, Ingo. Dear investors and listen other stakeholders. I would like to welcome you to the presentation of the first quarter 2026. As usual, I will present the headlines and the latest developments, followed by Christian, our CFO, who will present the financials. Let me start with the presentation. Q1 was a good quarter with solid organic growth, a smoothly running platform and investments in further growth that are already starting to show positive results. I will now present our financial headlines. Merch Christian will cover this in more detail in his part of the presentation. Q1 had a like-for-like overall growth of 3.7%, reaching EUR 137.2 million, with underlying 6.4% organic growth and 6.9% nonorganic growth, we showed good growth numbers. But by far, the majority of our revenues in U.S. dollars, we had to overcome the foreign exchange headwinds with 9.6% in the first quarter.
Go to the second point. Looking into the underlying KPIs, our client base remains strong. Our net dollar retention rate was lower at 90%, showing that old customers base was overall spending less based on, amongst other impacts from customers of our latest acquisitions and optimizations of lower-margin customers. that we were able to generate more revenues was based on the strong overall customer growth, adding 9% of new customers. Number three, based on efficiency from our unified platform and the use of AI, we were able to show a continued improved pro item at 41%. Number four, we continued our investments into adding additional sales force and sector focus. This led to higher cost and as a result of 2.2% lower EBITDA.
Number five, after a weak cash generation in Q4, we had a very strong cash generation in Q1 with cash flow from operations reaching EUR 45 million. And the last point on this slide, based on expansion of our business, efficiency uplift from AI, allocation optimizations and yields of our investments we confirm our full year 2026 guidance. Please speak to the next page. Now getting to our position as a leading mobile ad tech company. via our ad tech platform, we are connecting advertisers with publishers. Mobile represents 93% of our revenues out of that InApp is approximately 95%.
We remain heavily North America and especially U.S. focused with 74% of our revenues in that region. The advantage of that is, it's the largest advertising market of the -- its largest advertising market worldwide with a low scale opportunities. There is, however, on this advantage, the U.S. dollar corus our reporting in euros, which we'll later cover in the presentation. We work with well over 1,100 software clients. Those are clients with over $100,000 of revenues per year. We have over 65,000 app integrations. We serve over 2.5 billion consumers. And we are one of the largest platforms in the market with 1.2 trillion at delivered in the last 12 months.
Coming to the next page. Jumping into the headline overview of our revenue, gross margin and EBITDA development, and I'm covering headlines. Christian will do the details. Net revenue increased year-on-year, 4% and reaching EUR 137 million for Q1 2026, taking into account, as I mentioned before already, the 9.6% year-on-year negative currency effect from a much weaker U.S. dollar, we are happy with this number, especially taking into account that last year, Q1 was also a very strong quarter. Our profit margin has structurally improved based on optimizations and improvements following our platform unification, but while profit gross profit margin was up by 2.7%. Our adjusted EBITDA was down by EUR 2 million, respectively, [indiscernible] lower than last year, which is based on our increased cost base based on our investments in our sales team buildup and the retail media area as we mentioned, but also impacted by the U.S. dollar because more of our costs are in euros. And the majority, as mentioned already, the revenue is in dollars.
Coming to our main underlying KPIs. We were able to increase our ad impressions to 25% versus Q1 last year, and we're even able to keep it at the same level as Q4 last year. This, while Q4 seasonality wise is the strongest quarter, but Q1 is the weakest quarter 1. Our net dollar retention rate, the graph on the left bottom side for the quarter is 90%. The net dollar retention rate shows how revenues of the customers from Q1 last year developed versus Q1 this year. The lower percentage versus previous year results largely from new acquisitions as well as from optimizations of low-margin customers. Our revenue growth came from adding new customers. And as you can see on the upper right side, while the large over USD 100,000 per year customer number was stable, we were able to increase our total number of customers by 34%. And while we came new customers, we are also showing a very good retention rate of 98%, also in line with previous quarters. which is on the loyalty of our customers and approved for delivering good results.
Now getting to a selection of some further key indicators. We continue to remain our strategic focus on engineering product and AI. While in the past years, we focused on underlying -- sorry, on unifying our platforms, we now benefit from strong, stable and scalable platform. We are, however, still working on migrating the last bits of traffic. Related to CTV, we still have to do 2% of the migration. So 98% of our traffic now of our revenues have been migrated up from 96% in end of Q4. We are further continuing our focus on growing and improving our ideal solutions. While Androids is still relaxed on privacy, Apple, which has approximately 50% of the market in the U.S. [indiscernible] the application of its identifiers. We were able to grow our iOS revenues year-on-year by 24%.
Also, we continue our strategic focus on commerce and market expansion. We have been growing our clients by 34%. On the supply side, we are connecting more and scaling our publishers and on the demand side, which is becoming more substantial, but still smaller than our supply side. We are further increasing the number of [indiscernible] entities. There's a lot more growth potential in the U.S. market with over 4,000 agencies, big holdcos and many data customers. For this reason, we decided to increase our sales team as communicated earlier. We were able to more than double our sales team, growing it by 117%. [indiscernible] a strong strategic focus on efficiency and financial where we also are seeing good progress. Our gross margin improved by 2.7% and our interest coverage improved to 4.5x.
Coming to the next page, going more into detail with regards to the main events on the commercial side. Starting with the first bullet point here, we accomplished a unified work for advertisers. All demand side offerings are now under one umbrella, uniting June Group Gaptify, Ferrand on Agency as well as data set DSP. The joint offering is strong and combining the strengths also makes us more efficient. Number two, we are making good progress with our improved marketplace. After unification focuses now on optimizing margin management data and AI-based targeting effectiveness as well as pruning less efficient and low margin supply. We are also focusing on further future development of our STK solutions.
As we released earlier in the press release, we are creating a strong moat with integrating LLM signals into our targeting. We are the first open market ad platform that is activating conversational intent from lean and combining it with other data such as first search intent, so party and Adelis data. We're also further working on expanding our leading privacy-first position. We're focusing on product development and proven performance. And as published earlier, linked in validated first privacy-first performance and was extremely happy with 38% lower CPIs and 39% lower cost per activation. We're doubling down on Retail Media. While Retail Media and CPG already were a focus segment for work. We are now extending our focus on this segment. We have been able to establish a first closed-loop offering at scale in Germany. We're linking mobile advertising with retail in-store advertising and with point-of-sale purchase data. We are now ready to expand our offering into other markets, including the U.S.
In Q1, we also further focused on increasing organizational efficiency. On one hand, by focusing on our investments into the opportunities like us and Retail Media and on the other hand, by streamlining operations and creating efficiencies based on strong implementation of AI. A few words about the markets. We experienced a resilient U.S. market. While we see shorter agency booking cycles and some isolated middle East and travel-related negative effects, the overall U.S. market is stable. On the margin side, we see stable net margins in line with user seasonality. However, CTP margins are under pressure.
Coming to the next page. Yes, we are pursuing a relocation to Ireland that has been communicated earlier. We see this as a strategic move to align were with our global ad tech peers, and we think this is a big opportunity. Why are we doing this? Or what are the reasons for this? First of all, Ireland is an EU-based -- sorry, it's an EU common domicile. This enables for us to align its constitutional framework with international technology and advertising peers particularly in the U.S., while remaining within the European Union, so getting the best of both world. Ireland enables us to report in U.S. dollars instead of euros. As I mentioned before, the, let's say, the weak U.S. dollar is really showing -- yes, showing our euro revenues a lot lower than the effect we would have been able to show in dollars.
So reporting in U.S. dollars better reflects the global nature of the digital advertising improves comparability with peers and could materially reduce our foreign exchange volatility and reported results. We are currently evaluating this option. Ireland will also enable greater capital market flexibility. It would increase our accessibility for international investors, but it also creates the optionality for Verve to do a future direct U.S. listing. This is currently under evaluation, no decision or time line has been established so far. And important to mention, there will be no operational disruption. The relocation relates only to the registered office and the corporate dollar sale, first operational footprint, existing listings, bonds, shares remains unaffected.
With our strong U.S. focus and the majority of our revenues in the U.S., we believe that the relocation to islet represents a big opportunity for Verve and its shareholders. For the redomiciliation, we need approval from the AGM, which is planned for June 5. Then I'm getting into the AI topic, which is discussed everywhere at the moment. Yes, consumer behavior is undergoing a structural change. LRM start eliminating the middle web at [indiscernible] app traffic. There's a strong disruption in the market. AI overviews on search page results lead to a sharp decrease of click converts to the open web. So web owners see a lot less clicks on the pages. Also, traditional search volumes are dropping, being partly replaced by AI chatbots commercial agents. In the meanwhile, we have seen increased usage of special interest apps, amongst others, avoiding AI-generated noise.
Open web is losing its role as primary discovery layer traffic is heading into 2 distinct layers, and we show them here. The AI insulin layer, quick factual and information grades are resolved within the LLM zeroing basically. The special interest app layer, high-intent transactional utility-driven fast, they mitigate 2 dedicated apps. Verve is well positioned to profit from this disruption with our strong in acquisition. And with our strong position, we can profit from in-app deep utility mode as we show you. It's about tooling and integrating a functionality. It's about verified branded environment. it's about proprietary real-time data and live inventory signals that they cannot grow. And it's about first-party data community features that create high in-app customer retention. The changes based on AI are a big opportunity for growth.
I would like to also put focus on our receivables securitization program. We have shown part of this slide also before and as mentioned earlier, our strategic priority is working capital management. For that, our receivable securitization program plays an important role to bridge the gap between typical 90-day advertiser payments to us while we paid publishers after 45 days. While we did not optimally use this program in our last quarter, in Q1, we had a strong focus on it. We are able to return to the optimal levels and secured a maximum amount of EUR 100 million. Overall, this helped our store cash flow momentum.
In Q1, we generated an operational cash flow of EUR 45.2 million, which is significantly up from last year. That's brings me to the point where I hand over to Christian for the next slide.
Thank you very much, Remco. Yes. Coming to the financial performance of Q1. I think the 3 headlines of the performances. We see accelerating organic growth, reaching 6.4%. This quarter was really a turning point in our operational cash flow generation, where we've generated EUR 45.2 million. Whereas we saw also that EBITDA profits and margin are impacted by the planned strategic investment phase. I will now dig into some of the details of those headlines. So on this slide, combining kind of our key highlights for the quarter. If we first focus on revenue, you'll see we booked EUR 137 million in revenues for Q1. That should be compared to EUR 132 million for Q1 last year and resembles 3.7% like-for-like revenue growth. I think Q1, in terms of FX headwinds was quite extraordinary. We -- depreciation of the U.S. dollar meant that we had currency translation headwinds of 9.6 percentage points. So of course, you need to isolate that factor out to see what is the actual organic growth, and we come to a number of 6.4% when we normalize for currency translation and for M&A.
That's actually a slight acceleration from Q4 where we noted 5.3 percentage points and really marks a return to growth if you go back and look at the Q2 and Q3 the past year where we were more challenged on the top line. So it's very comforting to see kind of the acceleration continue. I also want to remind you that when you look at the quarter results for this quarter, keep in mind that Q1 last year was our strongest growth quarter with 16% growth. And therefore, it's a bit of a more tough comparable. This will change a bit going into Q2. On the adjusted EBITDA, we booked EUR 28 million for the quarter. That is granted EUR 1.9 million lower than we had in the comparable quarter last year.
And I want to mention here, there's a couple of dynamics going on. Firstly, we are actually looking quite a lot around our -- on our cost structure and our efficiencies and doing different initiatives to optimize our overall efficiency. We did that already from August last year and continued into Q1. But we have also made a dedicated commitment to invest in the amount of EUR 10 million for expansion this year that covers both and by mainly sales force expansion in the U.S. but also some investments in retail media and we're committed to do that. And therefore, you will see a drag on our quarterly performance here in terms of profits and also our margin, which lands at 20.6%.
And -- we should expect that we will continue to have a drag going into Q2 and then a reversal as we go into second half of the year. As I mentioned, one of the highlights of this quarter is the operating cash flow generation, which equated to EUR 45.2 million, and that compares to EUR 300,000 for the comparable quarter in 2025. And -- this was comprised of EUR 11.5 million of operating cash flow before net working capital and then a contribution from net working capital of EUR 33.7 million. We continue to invest in our product and development at the level of EUR 10.2 million, which is roughly the level that we have seen in previous quarters.
Turning now to gross profit margin, which is a key KPI indicator for the business. We're very pleased to see that the structural lift we saw in gross profit margin in Q4 has carried into Q1. You will see here in the dotted box, all Q1 numbers, and we landed at 41% gross profit margin, which is 2.7 percentage points up compared to same quarter last year. We look at it and should compare it on a quarter within a quarter year-on-year as there are significant seasonal effects that can influence the different quarters. So that's why these it's important to look at and compare quarters. The contributing factors were mainly the same, as I mentioned and went through in some detail last time. So we have clearly a better structural margin optimization possibilities with the unified platform.
And we are also doing a better job in optimizing our infrastructure cost and cloud hosting costs. The addition and new part is that we are actually using quite some effort to go through and look at our more low-margin inventory and ad requests and look at the long tail and are there any of the a request and the inventory that we can kind of prune out to give us overall better profitability. So we're using quite some effort to do that this quarter and also next quarter.
Turning then to operating cash flow, which really was a reversal of the situation that we saw in Q4 last year. On the left-hand side, you see the development in our operating cash flow. We had, on an LTM basis for March, we had operating cash flow before net working capital of EUR 105 million and after net working capital of EUR 94 million. And this is actually good because the 2 bars are roughly equaling out, which means we are in a balanced situation. On an LTM basis, we therefore invested EUR 11 million in net working capital compared to operating cash flow before net working capital. And that's a good situation to be in. You will also see that it's in stark contrast to the balance that we saw end of 2025. And it's really a result of better utilization of our securitization, but primarily also all the money that we have built up from high season in Q4 that is coming in now in Q1. As we guided and referred to, we see the money coming in and it's a very good picture for the cash flow development.
In terms of CapEx, we have repeatedly said that we are -- we need roughly between EUR 40 million to EUR 45 million. It's quite stable over the time for investment in our expansion and maintenance CapEx. We estimate that we will be using something in the same vicinity in 2026, which is the gray area here in the stack bar. And then we have acquisition CapEx totaling EUR 34 million, now this is acquisition CapEx for existing M&A, so companies we've already bought June Group Ocado, Vivento, we have EUR 34 million this year. EUR 23.8 million of those have already been paid out to in the last deferred payment for June Group. And what is remaining is deferred payments for Ocado and Vivento in October tolling EUR 9.9 million. So all in all, that will sum up to around EUR 74 million to EUR 79 million as an estimate for the year. so slightly below what we saw in 2025 and significantly basically half of what we saw in 2024.
Digging a bit more into our cash position because there's a number of dynamics going on. And I thought it would be helpful for -- to show some of the key dynamics in our development in our cash position. You'll note that we have improved our cash position quite significantly between the EUR 89 million that we ended 2025, and also compared to where we ended Q1, which was EUR 147.2 million. So EUR 58.2 million increase. I think both would also expect quite an increase because we did a further tap on the bond. Nominal EUR 50 million in net proceeds. You can see here that it brought in EUR 48.2 million. Then we actually also work quite hard to increase our utilization of our securitization program, which brought in EUR 17.8 million in funding. We had interest rate -- interest payments on the bond totaling EUR 7.8 million, which is a minus and then a deferred payment to [indiscernible] Group of EUR 23.8 million for the final payment which leaves a change in operational cash position of EUR 23.8 million.
So a quite nice development. And again, we saw the money that we had built out in Q4 come in, and this is very helpful for the situation. We are now in a situation where we are utilizing the [indiscernible] almost fully and by that, we are therefore also correcting for the macro utilization in Q3 and Q4 last year. I'm also happy to report that we have just received approval to add 2 operating units further to the securitization program. We will be -- it takes a bit of time to migrate because customers need to pay into new bank accounts, and you have to get customers used to that, but that will help us also going forward as we grow some of these businesses.
And then ending on the last slide on the financial update, touching on balance sheet structure for the company. You can see here adjusted leverage ratio here on the left, largely unchanged. We -- from 3x to 3.1x, we had a net interest-bearing debt of EUR 448 million. It's also largely unchanged since the end of 2025. We did, as I mentioned, have slightly lower adjusted EBITDA for the quarter compared to last year. And therefore, you see a slight uptick in the net leverage ratio to 3.1x. Overall, being at the level of 3x or thereabouts, is a result of mainly acquisition-driven debt that we've taken on board to do the acquisitions through 2025 and also back to '24.
It's encouraging to see that our interest coverage ratio is increasing. It's increased from 4.3x to 4.5x, and this is because we refinanced the bond overall in better terms. And that is now getting a full year effect as it rolls out -- it rolls out, we did the bond in Q1 last year, and therefore, we're now getting the full effect of the better terms into our interest rate costs. For those that are interested in interest rate exposure, I can say that we do and might be thinking about if interest rates would increase. We actually have a hedge on EUR 300 million out of the EUR 550 million nominal value of the bond. So EUR 300 million is fixed with -- through an interest rate swap. And thereby, we think we have a balanced hedge versus any spikes in interest rate coverage.
So with the financial performance that we see good uptick in growth -- on organic growth, but also a very encouraging level of gross profit margins and with cash to fund our investments for the year. We are comfortably affirming our outlook for 2026 and so that means revenues in the range of EUR 680 million to EUR 730 million and adjusted EBITDA from EUR 145 million to EUR 175 million. I should perhaps mentioned that we recently -- very recently announced the expansion of our Retail Media business and that expansion is, so to say, not included in this guidance. We have not updated the guidance for any significant expansion initiative in that sort also because it's too early to include it in the form of guidance, but I just wanted to make that clear. And with that, I hand over to Remco for the closing remarks.
Thank you, Christian. That brings me indeed to the last page of the presentation. Yes, Feras shown strong growth in the past years with revenue and EBITDA CAGRs cost consistently over 30%, and we are now building the next phase of our scalable growth. And Q1 confirms our strong platform foundation, target investment priorities and disciplined execution. That brings me to the 3 pillars that we've shown here, first of all, to start with our skilled platform economics. Our unified platform keeps performing flawlessly, supporting scalable growth better than ever. We have managed to get a sustainable structural gross margin uplift, which confirms our improved operating leverage. And we are using the potential of AI to enhance our bidding and bring targeting and efficiency with data signal debt on an hold new level. We also continue to expand our commercial positions, expanding our sales team is well on its way and proceeding as planned. While ramping up takes time and requires a pre-invest, the expansion target of future revenue conversion.
Our sector focus on Retail Media adds a strong targeting and metering mode. The substantial CPG and retail advertising market, we achieved our growth -- we achieved our proven concept and are now ready for further growing our position. And furthermore, our focus on idealist targeting gives us a strong moat as well as our integrated tech stack with data and AI at scale. And last but not least, a strong focus on cash generation, we continue our organic growth path with improved margins. This delivers a strong basis despite FX headwinds, and we are significantly improving our cash flow with liquidity providing flexibility for future growth. Our H1 sales force and retail media investment phase will translate into increased revenues in the coming quarters.
Further positive effects will come from organizational focus and AI-based infrastructure and team cost savings. So that brings me to the final sentence of the presentation, with our performance unified scalable platform, we are now opening the next growth chapter of work, further focusing on building and extending our USPs such as Adelis and LLM based targeting. Our sector-focused offerings such as Retail Media and CPGs and not to forget our strong position as one of the leading mobile in-app exchanges with proprietary data assets and an extensive network of demand and supply partners. I would hand back to Ingo for the questions.
Great. Thank you, Remco. And thanks to the both of you for your presentations. So we will now move into the Q&A session. [Operator Instructions] The first question now comes from Mat weber, our analyst from Canaccord Genuity. Matt, please go ahead.
2. Question Answer
1 Great. Can you hear me?
Yes. Loud and clear.
Awesome. Appreciate all the color this morning. I just wanted to ask about the new retail media offering. How should we think about the timing of bringing that to new markets. And then more specifically sort of on the building blocks of bringing that to new markets. Do they change materially based on sort of the composition of and retailers, just thinking about, say, in the U.S. where you have several large kind of dominating big box retailers. So just any additional color you could provide there? And then I have a follow-up. .
Yes, we can take that question. Thank you, Matt, for your question. Good question. We built a position in Germany in 10 months' time, which was, let's say, faster than I ever expected. We hired a great manager for that coming from one of the larger discount retailers actually in Germany and started really building the network. We had several challenges because we didn't want to make it asset heavy because that's not our business. It's for us, it's about data, it's we're targeting and it's, of course, we're showing the ads, which we were able to do and build different building blocks. Let's say, the 2 acquisitions were part -- or there were 2 part acquisitions part of that, 1 more with, let's say, in screen in retail and the other one with couponing and the rest was built via partnerships organically, et cetera.
With that, we have really been showing good results for retailers, increasing their revenues as well as for CPGs, where we really are able to lift market shares, which is super important. And we've been able to -- and that was also in the press release to build a quite extensive network of retailers in Germany with Erica raw, which are the 2 large quality retailers but also Mulatogary, which is in [indiscernible], for example, and Confland. So really built a nice network and are seeing extremely good results. And it's very nice to see that we couple our mobile capabilities and we are able with the mobile to drive people to store and have already a lot of data and then in-store are able to influence purchasing behaviors and then are able to prove that it works on the point-of-sale level.
So that's on the German market. So that's what we're now starting to scale. And we are, let's say, looking at the U.S. market, of course, where we have a strong position on mobile and which would be the obvious next market to go into. We are running tests there already, but it's too early to, let's say, to get results or even to include it now in our numbers forecast. But U.S. is certainly one of the markets, also some European markets we're looking into. But we still have enough to do us in Germany to really scale there. So I hope that answers your question.
Got it. Yes, that's very helpful. And then just on the guidance reiteration, just given some of the comments you provided around shorter agency booking cycles. Are the underlying components of your guidance still or assumptions, I should say, still the same as last quarter in terms of high single-digit market growth. And then at least 5 percentage points of share gains? Or are you -- have you -- have those assumptions been updated at all?
Yes, good question. We are still standing, as mentioned, with our guidance, so we don't see any reason to change things. I mean things have maybe changed in details, but not substantially. So we are further taking...
Great. Thanks for your question, Matt. Are there any further questions? [Operator Instructions] There is a question coming in from the chat now. Please, can you confirm the amount drawn on your receivable securitization facility at the end of 2025 and the end of Q1 2026. Thank you. For questions. Christian, you need to unmute yourself?
Yes, I was on mute. Yes. So we have now drawn the securitization facility almost to the max. So a couple of million from the EUR 100 million that is our total frame is what we have drawn by end of Q1. And I believe the draw was in the where it's roughly -- if you look at the bridge that I sent to you, we've drawn roughly EUR 17.8 million more than we had drawn at the point in time end of Q4.
Thank you, Christian. So I think that answers the question. And the next question is a live question coming from Olof from Oksut Olof, please go ahead.
Can you hear me?
Yes. Yes, we can.
Just one very simple question. I'm glad about the free cash flow. -- that after the suboptimal usage of the securitization, basically, customers paid in the money there. The question in hand for me following that is I understand the leverage ratio prohibits you from buying back shares, but the bond, which you increased by EUR 50 million, is at about 92%, 93% as -- so are you going to use that cash that now has been on hand by customers just paying instead of securitization to buy back that EUR 50 million at a discount, which you increased before. I mean I understood it's about 3.5% in costs by the issuance, but at the levels right now that would at least be offset to basically bring down the leverage ratio.
Yes, do you want -- should I take that? So we don't have any imminent plans of buyback of the bonds, it is a possibility and we don't want to rule it out. But on the her hand, we also -- we took on board the extra bond funding to have the financial means to really invest and also withstand should there be any troubles in the market. And that's really what the money is planned for. So no immediate plans in that direction, although I would not rule it out.
Thanks, Olaf. And there is another question coming in from the chat from Bharat from Canteras general. What's the structural EBITDA margin for the DSP segment once Captify/Acado are fully integrated and the sales force investment annualizes. Is the 20% to 30% the right range for the full year 2027 and afterwards or does the mix shift to lower-margin data/retail media assets, permanently reset DSP margins lower.
Can you hear me?
Yes. Yes, we can. .
Happy to take that. As we are working -- thanks for the question, and it's a good question, but a little bit more difficult to answer. -- as we are, let's say, running as much DSP activities or as much demand activities, let me say it in that way. On our supply, we cannot talk about a separate, let's say, demand EBITDA and a separate supply EBITDA. But if I look at overall EBITDA or on margin, there are a few things that play a role there. First of all, of course, our investments. If we are investing in more salespeople, that are not immediately, let's say, generating revenues or let alone margin. That is, of course, let's say, gains going against our EBITDA percentage, everything basically that we ramp up that accounts for. On the other hand, we have, let's say, possibilities to further -- apart from the investments coming with -- I'm sorry, revenues coming with the investments, we have, of course, the possibility to further optimize costs, and we have some really good examples of that already.
With AI, you can automate processes a lot better. As an example, media plans that are made on the demand side, they took 1.5, 2 days for a single person to do that. Now with well trade AI, it on purpose. You can do that with some, I would say, feedback and optimization looks, you can do that in a few hours, so less than 2 offers actually. So we see efficiencies that, first of all, enables us to grow without adding extra people for that. But on the other hand, also allows us, of course, to do gain efficiencies with that. Same is, let's say, now with the unified platform with improving our AI, we can save on infrastructure cost.
So there's a lot of things where we still have potential to decrease our cost and on the other hand, of course, by scaling itself, we also get better because the gross margin, as you have seen, is up, and we actually think that we have further room there. That means that, let's say, overall, we will get more -- yes, more profitable and that our EBITDA margin will go up. With -- if you look historically because we had to change our I'd say, revenue recognition because of the migration, it looks lower now the EBITDA margin than it was before and of course, a lower revenue base. But overall, we are confident that we will further be able to increase our EBITDA percentage. So sorry, no answer, but I hope it answers your question.
Thanks for Ramco. So I think we've got to come back to receivables questions. So there was the -- no, I think we answered that. That's fine. The next question comes from Vincent Atom from Part securities via the chat. Reasonable to assume growth and gross margin gains in Q2 will be offset by OpEx investments leaving EBITDA at similar levels as Q2 last year?
Yes, I can answer that one. We're not giving individual guidance on quarters to just say that. But what we expect, yes, we will further, how to say, invest in the salespeople, et cetera. But of course, if you look at a normal development, the ones that we have hired in Q1 are already last year, of course, start to generate more and more money because maybe to show the cycle, if you get a new seller, we hire experienced sellers who have done sales before. They are not always take old customers, of course, but they can, let's say, bring new customers in and it takes time with a new customer to scale the customer.
So in that sense, we expect Q2 to how to say it, already to start showing a bit of that, but the main effect of it will be in the second half year. Q2 so far also has not a strong dollar to euro negative effect for us. So that also should help -- so yes, we are looking forward to, let's say, staying within our guidance for this year. I think that's the best I can say overall, but there is a positive trend in the whole business.
Also just add to that question. I think it's better to think about Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4 in the light of the guidance we have given. -- given that when you look compare back in time to Q2 and Q3 last year, the business was impacted by the platform unification. So I would recommend to more look around the our guidance and how that would lease out through the quarters.
Thanks, Christian. So the next question also comes via the chat from Axel Johan and also from Pareto Securities and probably goes back to Remco on the market. Ad volumes grew a lot in Q1, but revenue growth lagged somewhat behind, how do you currently view pricing CPM dynamics? And are you seeing any pricing pressure?
Thank you for the question. Yes, as in the presentation, we see that CPMs in certain parts of the market, especially connected TV, but also in web under pressure. We don't see that effect on the, let's say, in-app side, but I have to mention 1 important point that is seasonality. So CPMs are always lower in Q1 than in Q2 than in Q3 and Q4 as the highest that has to do with the demand. There is more demand in Q4 than there is in the earlier quarters. And so as a result of that, it's a simple supply-demand mix thing. So if there's less demand and supply is similar, then of course, you get lower CPMs. So that explains maybe a bit of that effect. We're also working on some optimizations in it.
On top of it, there is, as you saw, our Asia part has increased also as a percentage of our total revenues. Asia in general also works with a bit lower than the U.S. does. So that is -- in the end, it's a mixed combination. I would say that but observation is correct. Our delivery increased faster than our revenue.
Thank you, Remco. So again, are there any further questions for the moment. [Operator Instructions] So it seems there are no further questions at this time. Thank you very much again for participating in this Q&A session. Should any additional questions come to your mind later, please do not hesitate to reach out to the Investor Relations team. With this, we have reached the end of today's call. Thank you for joining us and have a productive rest of the week, and we look forward to staying in touch with you soon. Bye-bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Verve Group — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
Verve Group — Special Call - Verve Group SE
1. Management Discussion
Welcome to the Platform Summit. So this second session is dedicated to the Verve Group SE, and I would like to welcome CEO, Remco Westermann, who will give us some insights about Verve's platform business, followed by a Q&A session. And with that, we're excited, and I hand over to you, Remco.
Thank you very much. I'm happy to be here. Yes, I would like to present the company and then afterwards, of course, give time for questions, I would start. I would go to the first page, give an overview of what we do or what our focus is. Let me start with our mission. Let's make media better. We think that in advertising, which is our core market, there is still a lot of money wasted that can be spent a lot better. And that's the reason that we have, let's say, are running this company and see a lot of potential in further growing it and helping advertisers to spend their budgets better as well as help publishers to monetize their inventory better.
So that's the first one of our, let's say, core focuses is really enabling better outcomes for advertisers and publishers. With responsible advertising solutions, as mentioned, there's a lot broken in this segment. Therefore, there's a lot of other things happening. IDs are disappearing. So in that sense, we focus on making it really, yes, quality, good, effective advertising. And then we're focusing on emerging channels. There's a lot of channels where you can advertise, a lot of traditional channels like Linear TV, for example. But we're focusing on the channels where really eyeballs, where people are moving, which is mobile primarily. So we're very strong in in-app, but also CTV is one of our focus points.
Coming to the next page. Yes, a bit of history. I started the company 13 years ago by acquiring a company from a subsidiary from Axel Springer, gamigo it was called, or still is called, sorry to say. Since then, we had a pretty nice development of the company, I would say, which I'm also proud of and really thankful with the great team that I have. So we started with a roll-up in game publishing, then we decided to go public. And as a public company, you need to show organic growth. Organic growth as a gaming company is super difficult.
So we pivoted the company, and that was the reason that we renamed it to Media and Games Invest. We pivoted the company to advertising. We started that. And now, let's say, 6 years later, yes, we are an advertising company. We're successful. We have a CAGR -- revenue CAGR of 30%, an EBITDA CAGR of 36%, as you see here. So we really, yes, growing very nicely and happy with that and a lot more potential to go.
Then on the next page, a bit more in detail what we are doing. On the left side, you see the advertiser. It's basically the advertiser that spends a budget on ads to sell products, to get its brand more known, which in the end also leads to selling products or to have other targets with the advertising. Then on the right side, you have the publisher. The publisher has its content. And on the content, there's, of course, advertising slots to make money or to enable the publisher to really run its business. We have contracts with those publishers. We technically integrated with the publishers. And at the moment, when you, for example, open a page, there's an ad on that page, and while you're opening the page, we get the signal because we technically integrated. We get some data with it, the size of the ad, for example, maybe a cookie, then we enrich it with data as much as we can. If there's a cookie, we can build a profile on it.
And based on that profile, we send it then to the advertisers that we think that are suitable for it or that are most interested in it. And then there's a bidding process, highest bidder wins. So the advertiser is also technically connected with us or its agency. Highest bidder wins. When we have the highest bid, we render the ad and we show it at that space. So we have less than 100 milliseconds to do that because otherwise you would have an empty ad space that would not be good for anybody. And in that sense, that's the process.
We serve 1 billion ads -- 1 trillion ads, sorry, per day -- sorry, per year. I'm saying it wrong. And I'm calling in from America. It's still a bit early here. Sorry for that. So yes, we do a lot of ads and there's a lot of technology involved. And that's maybe important to say, we are a technology platform, we are a technology company. So you don't see us. We are the ones in the background that help the advertiser to spend its money in the best way and help the publisher to monetize its inventory in the best way.
Go to the next page. A bit about the value chain. So as already mentioned, you have the brands, the advertiser, then you have the agency. And then if you look at the money flow, it goes first to the demand side platform, which helps the advertiser, then you have the marketplace where the auction process takes place, and then you have the supply side platform where the publisher is connected. And then you have the publisher and, of course, the consumer behind it. In the end, an advertiser wants to reach the consumer, and this is the process in between. The process in the middle is often very inefficient with a lot of parties being involved.
We are really big believer in making this much more efficient and having everything under one roof. So having the whole technology under one roof. That, of course, yes, makes a lot more possible. And you see below the money stream, so there's $100 that's, for example, the -- is being spent on media by the agency and on behalf of the advertiser. Typically, 20% of that goes to the demand side platform, 20% to the supply side and 10% for data and matching. So 50% of that goes to the publisher. That can be done more efficient. That means that everybody profits, and that's what we are aiming for with the company.
Go to the next page. A bit of a profile of the company. Now, we work for advertisers and publishers. Ideally, every dollar or every euro that comes in from an advertiser, we run on supply where we directly integrated. That's not yet the case. So there's much more efficiency to gain there. We're now roughly on 1/3 on the demand side, so the advertiser side and 2/3 on the supply side. Ideally, we go to 50-50, but we're growing both sides. And so I cannot say when exactly we'll be there, but that's what we're striving for. Then geographically, yes, we are domiciled in Sweden, in Stockholm. We have already announced that we will be relocating to Ireland. That gives us a bit more opportunities to maybe in the future do a direct U.S. listing. Also, let's say, we are reporting euros, which is -- and as you see here, 76% of our revenues is in U.S., is in dollars, and 12% in Europe and 12% rest of the world. But with, let's say, doing our business in dollars with a weak dollar, we, of course, always showing a bit less in euros than what's really happening on our revenue side.
And then below, I mentioned this early in the presentation, 95% of our revenue is mobile. That's where you have an individual person behind it because all the other screens, TV, et cetera, there's always more people, family looking in there. So we are super happy to be on the mobile side. Most of that is in-app, over 90% of that. And 5% is other, including also connected TV as the bigger part there. Yes, over 1,000 large software clients. It's customers doing more than $100,000 of revenue per year with us. We're integrated in over 65,000 apps. So that's where we serve the ads, reach over 2.5 billion consumers, and as mentioned before, 1.1 trillion yearly ad impressions that we are serving. So where we win it and where we also make the money. We only make money at the moment we win an auction and we serve the ad, then we take a certain percentage, as mentioned before, the 20% for the DSP, for example, for the service that we do.
Go to the next page. How do we differentiate? Because it's a big market where there's a lot of parties also acting. As a European company, we saw very early in the phase that IDs are, let's say, disappearing. Apple is asking, do you give consent that your data are being used? 80% of the people statistically says no to that, and that means that the publisher has problems to sell inventory where there's no ID or no okay for the ID, those people don't know who they are targeting for. And that also advertisers normally don't like to buy that because they don't know who they target. We have developed various ways to cope with that, various technologies. And there's big advantage if you do this in a proper way.
So you buy the inventory cheaper because otherwise they don't sell it. Our performance without IDs is almost as good as it is with an ID. And it has to do -- we built also on the contextual web profiles. We know what the intent is. Search intent, for example, is important. Are people looking for a car? What make of car? We integrated with LLMs, for example. And with those data, we're really able to target people in a very nice way. But overall, let's say, ID-less targeting leads to very good efficiency, and that's one of the reasons that we're growing faster than the market with this company, that we're really strong in this part of the business. We are also able to target with IDs, but this is really where we differentiate the company.
Go to the next page. AI is very important in our business. And I don't know if you saw, but we also issued a press release today, and that's maybe not such a good or nice moment, but we let go quite some people this morning, roughly 50 employees that we let go. Yes, we see, let's say, a few things. First of all, our business has focused more on the U.S., so Germany is less of importance than that. But also, we see that with AI, we're really gaining a lot of efficiencies in this company and more to come. So in the future, we will, let's say, have less personnel in relation to our revenues. And that is partly reduction of revenues -- sorry, reduction of personnel, but partially also further, of course, growing or let's say, that should be the majority growing our revenues.
So what do we use AI for? One, in our core bidding process. Who do we send the request to? What kind of price do we put in there? ATOM has mentioned there that, let's say, an Anonymized Targeting On Mobile device, which we're really good at, as mentioned before, the ID-less targeting. So that's all things where we use AI for targeting purposes, so for our core process. But we also unlock a lot of efficiencies with, for example, the regional sales efficiencies. We have, how to say, really optimized our sales teams. And we see that we get, yes, 10x more efficiency per seller if you really automate around the person everything.
And yes, there's also disruption that's based on AI. With AI, we can build a lot of cool tools for advertisers that really help us to help them much better and also get more part or bigger part of the value chain. So those are a few examples. Because of time, I won't go in every detail, but yes, AI is super important for us. There's different tools, and it's really, yes, how to say it, fascinating and great how fast this is developing. I think it's the biggest disruption that the world's going through since quite some time, and the disruption is very fast. If we see how tools like, for example, a Claude are developing and each next version is so much better. So we see really a lot of efficiency gains. And yes, in my view, we are only at the start of that.
Going to the next page, talk a bit about numbers. The conservative outlook. We did some acquisitions last year. We had last year in 2025, we had also some issues by doing the platform integration. Company is running really smoothly. We're still investing a lot. That's also to be said, but we're expecting EUR 680 million to EUR 730 million of revenues for 2026 with EUR 145 million to EUR 175 million EBITDA. We are saving money, as said before, with AI, probably more than we, let's say, expected that we would be doing. But let's see how we continue there.
But also, we further investing. There's over 4,000 midsized agencies in the U.S. So we're further building up our sales teams because talking to people, meeting people, that's something that AI doesn't do. So in that sense, we are really making sure that the good product that we have, that we can better sell that. As mentioned before, the U.S. dollar-euro relation is, of course, important, so we put that at a certain fixed point because that's very difficult to project, of course. But yes, important point here.
Then going to the next page, online -- all the financials, everything is, of course, online available. This is because of the short session and pretty short presentation. So only going through the headlines here. Then coming to the key investment highlights. Why should you invest in this company or why are we a cool company? Yes, we have built in 6 years really a leading ad tech platform. We're one of the top 20, top 30, depends a bit on the definition, platforms in this market, which is called the open internet. So outside of the Googles, Amazons and the walled gardens, which is in the U.S. an estimated 130 billion market, still with a lot of parties in there. We are strong in the privacy-first advertising, as already mentioned.
But just going through the different points, we have built strong position in this fast-growing overall market, but especially in the market segments that are the fastest growing, which is mobile in-app. Then privacy first, mentioned that first-mover advantage, we really see that our investments in this are really paying off. End-to-end, as already mentioned, cutting the middleman, making sure that you have more transparency by doing the technology on both sides, demand side and supply side, which case makes just the whole thing more efficient. But even more important, you can really have much more transparency in it for both of the sides.
Then attractive financials, proven M&A, as mentioned already before, strong revenue CAGR, strong EBITDA CAGR. And we're running a combination between organic and nonorganic. We did over 40 successful acquisitions overall and are further looking carefully around us. We have leverages on the high side, so at the moment more into really focusing on organic growth. But there are also opportunities that we might take in the future. Short term, it's really focused on organic growth and seeing that we bring this company further and continue our strong growth path. Near-term catalysts, valuation discount to quality. I mean the share prices for mid-cap, small caps are not great or the valuations are not great.
We're looking into changing our domicile. We're also discussing or looking into changing our reporting into U.S. dollars, which would make us much more comparable to our U.S. peers. There's almost no peers in Europe. So in that sense, that makes it much more relevant, especially having 75% of our revenues there. And I would invite you all, of course, to participate in our Capital Markets Day, which will be for the first time in the U.S. We will do it in New York and looking forward to that. But participation is, of course, possible in person but also digital. That brings me to the end of the presentation and to the possibility to ask questions.
Thank you so much for your presentation, Remco. So ladies and gentlemen, we are now happy to take your questions if you have. [Operator Instructions] So with that, let's take a look. By now, we have no virtual hands and no questions, so it seems Remco explained everything very clear. But maybe a question pops up or a topic what you're interested in.
And then we have the first question from [ Mr. Sterner ]. So he would like to know, you have a target for 150 sellers in 2026. How many do you have right now?
That's a very good question, and I don't have the answer here. I mean we're tracking this number, but we are good on the way. We are, let's say -- I don't have the exact number, but we are roughly halfway now. And maybe an explanation to that, it's difficult to hire sellers in Q1 because people get their bonuses or their commissions from last year. So at the moment, we have an extremely well-filled pipeline. So the number now is maybe, let's say, 50% doesn't sound too much yet.
But there's a lot of, let's say, sellers in the pipeline. And this Q2, Q3 are very important quarters to really hire the people. You want to hire good sellers, and good sellers get commissions. And yes, we understand that they don't want to leave that or let it go by switching jobs in Q1. But we have a well-filled pipeline and are confident that we are going to meet that number. But as already also earlier said, maybe to add to that, adding sellers doesn't mean that you're immediately making money. The problem is that it needs to ramp up.
And we see really that, let's say, good sellers sometimes start making their own salary or earning their salary back after 6 months, but it's more safe to go from 12 to 18 months. And also some sellers just -- even though we have a strong selection process, don't function as well as we would like them to. So we need to let them go and then you need to replace them and start all over again.
But yes, as mentioned, we do this because there's a lot of agencies in the U.S. and you need to meet them to talk to them. And even though we build efficiencies in part of our processes, the real human contact to an agency is still required, still needed, and therefore we also didn't change that target. I hope that answers the question. Thank you for asking it.
And in the meantime, we received the second question in our chat. So [ Mr. Jacobi ] wants to know what were the reasons you decided to move to Ireland instead of Germany. Mainly taxes?
The reason that we decided to move to Ireland, thanks for the question. Yes, we originally started as a German company, then we moved to Malta. That was, let's say, for investors not so much liked, but that was the way we did the listing. It was some kind of reverse listing. That's the reason we went to Sweden from Malta. In Sweden, however, we have one big difficulty that you cannot do a direct listing in the U.S., and that's the same problem actually from Germany. If you want to have real shares in the U.S., there's only a few countries in Europe that allow that. One of them is Ireland.
And we also had to look at the current listings that we have in Europe, which is Sweden and Germany listings that we want to keep. And with those, let's say, there is only -- that's even further limiting the number of countries where you can go to, and that's the reason we came to Ireland. So Ireland has the big advantage that you can report in dollars, that you can do a direct listing in the U.S. and still keep all the advantages that you have in Europe. Taxes was not one of the reasons, and even though we, of course, tax-checked, that taxes is not an issue here.
Maybe Remco, if I may add something. This is Ingo Middelmenne, Head of Investor Relations. So if you look at the landscape in Europe, basically having a full listing in the U.S. at the same time as multiple full listings in Europe is only possible for a couple of months, actually. So Euroclear came out with the news about a year ago that this is possible, and we're actually the first company to maybe proceed with the full listing. And of course, if you relocate the company to fulfill a full dollar reporting with the potential to also show U.S. GAAP reporting, then the possibility of a full U.S. listing is, of course, has been one of the keys to doing this decision. So the main reason is really the settlement possibilities of the orders, which is currently only possible from Europe.
And then we have a follow-up. So the question is, but do you expect a change in tax rate from the move?
Thanks for the question. No, we don't expect a change in tax rates. We probably have some advantage from that. We don't expect -- let me rephrase it. We don't expect a negative effect from it. We most likely will have some positive effect.
And now I do not see any further questions. So ladies and gentlemen, if there's anything you're interested about, just let us know. But it seems everything appears to be answered.
So with that, we would come to the end of this Platform Summit slot. Thank you very much for your interest in Verve, and I wish you all a lovely remaining day. And Remco, I hand back once again to you for some final remarks.
Yes. Thank you very much and thank you all for participating in this call. And if there's more questions, we are, of course, happy to answer them. I hope I was able to really show what this company is doing, how strong we are. And I know it's not always easy for investors because there's not many comparable companies like this in Europe. And what we're doing is special, especially also this ID-less targeting. But it's a big market. It has a lot of potential. And yes, we enjoy doing it. And now with AI, as already mentioned, we have a lot of possibilities, additional possibilities to further grow this company. So I'm enjoying it a lot. And I'm at the moment actually in Miami. We are at a big advertising fair here, and we'll go to the meetings here. So thank you all very much, and happy to talk also individually, of course.
Thank you. Bye-bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Verve Group — Special Call - Verve Group SE
Verve stellt sich als privacy‑first Mobile‑AdTech mit starker US‑Ausrichtung, AI‑getriebener Effizienzsteigerung und klarer 2026‑Guidance dar.
🎯 Kernbotschaft
- Strategie: Fokus auf mobile In‑App‑Werbung und datenschutzfreundliches (ID‑less) Targeting; Ziel: effizientere Mediaspendings für Advertiser und bessere Monetarisierung für Publisher.
- Geografie: Starke US‑Präsenz (≈76% der Umsätze), Verlagerung des Domizils nach Irland, um Dollar‑Reporting und ein mögliches Direkt‑Listing in den USA zu ermöglichen.
- Technologie: KI zur Optimierung von Bidding, Targeting und Sales‑Automatisierung; zugleich kurzfristige Personalreduktion (~50 Stellen) zur Effizienzsteigerung.
⚡ Strategische Highlights
- ID‑less: Kontextuelle Profile und LLM‑Unterstützung sollen Targeting ohne klassische IDs nahezu gleichwertig machen und Kosten im Markt verschieben.
- AI‑Einsatz: KI in Kernprozessen (Gebotsentscheidung, Zielgruppenansprache) und Sales‑Automatisierung; Management spricht von deutlich höheren Effizienzen pro Verkäufer.
- Go‑to‑Market: Ausbau US‑Sales (Ziel: 150 Verkäufer 2026; aktuell ~Hälfte davon im Pipeline‑Status) und Einladung zum Capital Markets Day in New York.
🔍 Neue Informationen
- Guidance 2026: Umsatz EUR 680–730 Mio.; EBITDA EUR 145–175 Mio.
- Personal & Kosten: Zeitgleiche Ankündigung von Entlassungen (~50 Mitarbeiter) als Maßnahme zur Kosteneffizienz; weitere Effizienzgewinne durch KI erwartet.
- Domizilwechsel: Relocation nach Irland primär, um US‑Listing/Settlement und Dollar‑Reporting zu ermöglichen; Steuererhöhung wird nicht erwartet.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Sales‑Hiring: Ziel 150 Verkäufer in 2026; aktueller Stand "rund halbwegs erreicht", Ramp‑Up dauert 6–18 Monate und beeinflusst kurzfristig Ertrag.
- Irland‑Move: Hauptgründe: Settlement/Listing‑Fähigkeit in den USA und Dollar‑Reporting; Steuern wurden geprüft, negative Effekte nicht erwartet.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Relevantes Wachstumspotenzial dank privacy‑first Mobile‑Positionierung und hoher US‑Marktabdeckung; KI und Kostenmaßnahmen können Margen stützen. Hauptrisiken bleiben Ausführungsrisiken (Integration, Hiring‑Ramp, Währungsreporting) und Markt‑/Bewertungsdiskont für Mid‑Caps.
Verve Group — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Good morning to our guests in America and also a warm welcome to our participants in Europe. My name is Ingo Middelmenne, Head of Investor Relations at Verve Group. And I'm pleased to welcome you to our Q4 2025 earnings call.
As you can see, we are using our new conferencing platform again today. This system allows our private investors to join the session live in a listen-only mode.
[Operator Instructions]
We have a pretty solid and successful fourth quarter behind us with our KPIs and gross margin significantly improving. As usual, we have prepared a presentation for you to provide you with some additional insight to increase transparency for you. After this presentation, we will, of course, take the time to answer your questions. Please be reminded that the entire call, including the Q&A session, will be recorded and will be made available publicly on our website following this call. If you already have a question in mind, feel free to queue up at any time during the call by clicking the Q&A button.
Now I'm handing you over to our CEO, Remco Westermann, to guide you through the first part of today's call. Remco, the stage is yours.
Thank you, Ingo. And also from my side, happy welcome to investors, analysts, and other stakeholders to our presentation of the fourth quarter. I would start with our highlights of the quarter.
If we look at what happened in this quarter, we just put it in six bullets here. And I think one is making me at least very happy, and that is that our platform is really done, the unified platform, we unified in-app, and we saw in Q2 and Q3, let's say, the negatives of that, which showed a lower revenue and also issues with our customers and higher costs. We are past that. So what we now see is a structurally improved platform with stability, scalability, and efficiency. That's a good basis for further growth.
Then partly based on that, but also on further measures and AI, we were able to increase our gross margin substantially. So in Q4, we had a 44.6% gross margin versus 36.6% in Q3. A bit of it is seasonality because Q4 is always the strongest, but a lot of it is also improvements that we were able to make in the company.
Then number three, I'm very happy to see that our customers or reported our customers were growing, customer base was growing. Our software clients grew with 6.8% quarter-on-quarter. Our large clients grew by 5.3%, large clients being the ones with doing over $100,000 of revenues per year. Yes, investment of sales team is starting to pay off.
Then number four, our net debt increased to EUR 445.9 million, based on our accretive acquisitions of Captify and acardo. And we also had an increase of net working capital, which Christian will cover later in the presentation. Our leverage slightly reduced quarter-on-quarter to 3.0, and our cash interest conversion ratio significantly improved to 4.3.
Then point number five, we put a stronger focus on liquidity management in 2026. So points 5 and 6 are more referring to our 2026. We want to get a stronger cash. We want -- are targeting substantial reduction of our gross impact of net working capital and a significant improvement of the cash conversion overall.
Number six, the guidance 2026, which we already published with our preliminary numbers, has a robust safety margin in it. We are investing in sales. We don't know exactly when the inflection point is. It takes 9 to 15 months for a seller to really start making money instead of costing money. So in that sense, we put a certain safety margin in there, but I'll cover that later in the presentation.
A bit of an overview about the company. Yes, we have been able to build a leading mobile adtech company in the last years. On the left side, you see the split of revenues over the different channels. So mobile, 95% of our revenues. And within that, 95% is in-app. And then U.S., a very important market for us.
U.S. is the largest advertising market in the world. We have a good position there and 76% of our revenues is U.S.-based, 12% Europe, 12% rest of the world. Having such a strong U.S. base, and I'll come to that later also, means that we are mostly based -- our revenue is mostly based on dollars, while we report in euros. That's at the moment not great because we have, of course, headwinds because of the dollar.
On the right side, a bit of an overview of some main KPIs. So over 1,000 large software clients, clients doing more than $1,000 per year, over 65,000 app integrations, over 2.5 billion consumers that we reach. And the last number, I especially want to emphasize, we did in the last 12 months, 1.1 trillion ad impressions that we delivered. So that's a huge amount. And also keep in mind that we are matching advertiser and publisher. But to make sure that people don't see an empty advertising slot, we have to do this matching in less than 100 milliseconds. So we served all those ad impressions with a lot of technology behind it to really make it work.
Coming to the next page, a bit of overview on the main financial KPIs, and Christian will cover them more in detail later. I would start with net revenue. We'll not go into detail now about the, let's say, revenue recognition. That's what we already covered earlier. But happy to see that we did a 10% like-for-like revenue increase if you take year-on-year.
On the gross margin, as already mentioned, yes, we were able to take a larger part of the money, basically, as a gross margin. Important to do that because that gives us more bandwidth, of course, to do investments. And we did investments, and that's what you see in the adjusted EBITDA. That was stable versus last year. Yes, we are investing in sales force. And also keep in mind, the U.S. dollar really changed quite a bit versus last year.
The fourth KPI also already covered earlier presentations. Ideally, we would like to have a dollar demand going also on the dollar supply, so 50-50 which were a year ago, a 22% demand versus 78% supply. We were now able to increase that to 32%. So our demand part really has become a substantial part of the revenues of the business, and we're further planning to grow that.
Coming to main customer KPIs on this page, starting on the left upper side. We are making money with ad impression. So we are only paid if an ad impression is shown, if it's really one, if the auction is won. There is seasonality in the year, as we see, but we were able to increase our ad impressions 13% year-on-year. So a very nice driver of revenue growth.
Then on the bottom, the net dollar expansion rate, which is showing how customers that were there a year ago in the same quarter, so in Q4, how their revenue developed versus that quarter a year ago. Q4 2024 was very strong with 110%, so 10% more than the year before. That was an exceptional strong quarter with a lot of political spend, a lot of, yes, good momentum in the market. Then Q2, Q3 were weak, that were the quarters where we had issues with our platform unification and where because of that also customers spend less on our platform, but we see very nicely that we are getting out of that now with the 92% and as those 2 quarters will be in for 12 months, it will take a bit, but we see a very nice line up going trend.
Software clients on the right upper side. Also there, we see a good increase where Q3, the increase was also due to the acquisitions we did. In Q4, we really see an organic increase, which is, yes, showing good momentum in customer onboarding. Q2, Q3 were hindered also by the platform unification. That's done now.
So also here, we are able to onboard customers faster and are also doing that. And a customer onboarded today is, of course, revenue for tomorrow, so very important. And while onboarding customers is, of course, important to not lose customers. And as you see on the right side on the bottom, we had an exceptionally high retention rate in Q4 2025. We are always very high on the retention rate, but with the 99%, we really do extremely well. Customers are happy, and we are able to also work with them, scale them and keep them.
Yes, this presentation, we made a bit of a change also in the slides. We wanted to focus a bit also on where are we strategically focusing at. And I would like to start with commerce and market expansion. After the platform unification, we now have a strong, stable, and scalable platform. And that means that we now need to further grow our supply and demand to strengthen our market leader position.
On the supply side, we are connecting and scaling more app publishers, as already shown before, is our strongest part, and there's still many app publishers to go, also some large ones that we are still missing, where we're now talking to. And we're also further improving our other supply, CTV, retail media, digital audio. Having that supply is super important because that drives also the demand, of course.
On the demand side, that has now become substantial, as mentioned before. But also there, we have a lot to do. We are further increasing the sales, so the number of sellers that we have. We were able to increase the sales force by 68% year-on-year. So that's showing that we are really investing there. But it's also -- you see it on the number, our demand sales grew by 61%. So that's, of course, going hand in hand.
Why are we extended in sales? Why is it so important? There's over 4,000 agencies in the U.S., and many more customers behind it. So if we want to do business with them, and we have good products, but we need to talk to them, of course, and we need to contract them and to really get into a mode where they start to scale. So for that, we need people.
Sellers are not immediately making their money. It typically takes 9 to 15 months until they start yielding. And also not every seller is good. So typically, after 4 to 6 months, we also have to let go some and start again. So this is where we plan a 10 million investment for 2026, to cover these costs for further growth, but we will see the effects in the next years, and we are actually already seeing the effect from the sellers that we got in, in the last year.
Then some achievements. Yes, demand side grew 61%, as already mentioned. We brought all our demand activities under one brand. So we're now acting as Verve for Advertisers, including Captify already. Then increasing sector focus and specialization. We see that it really yields -- if you're focusing on a sector like, for example, retail CPGs with more sector focus, you get even more budgets. And other focus sectors are, for example, tech companies, media companies and podcast, we've seen really good results as well.
Then coming to the next strategic focus point, which is engineering product and AI. Now if you look at the development of where we engaged our engineers in the past years, there was a lot of focus on unifying the platforms. The features had to be built before you could migrate, before you could integrate. So a lot of efforts went into that. That's mostly done. 96% of our revenues are now migrated to a single platform. CTV is still to grow or actually, we are working on it. It's a lot smaller, and we expect it to be finished by mid of the year. We don't expect the negative things that we saw in Q2 and Q3 on the big integration that we did on in-app.
The good thing about having done most of the integrations now is that it has freed up a lot of development resources. So we were able to reduce costs, but we were also able to focus people on different things.
Main focus now is on AI and targeting. So improving our ID-less solutions, we are strong in that. We have really built a moat on that. And consumers are demanding clarity on data. 97% of consumers clearly want that. And on the other hand, we see players like Apple enforcing it. So we're super happy to show that we're really strong in that. And also, you see it -- I can see it in the numbers, 31% growth on iPhone iOS. That's the part of the market. 50% of the market share of phones in the U.S. is iPhone. And yes, a lot of people don't get the consent over 80%, and that's the part where we thrive and where we really can grow.
Then further improvements, we're continuously focusing on getting more and better data, the Captify acquisition with getting search intent data was one. But we're also working now with LLMs, for example, to get search data from LLMs, making good progress there. Then we are merging ID-less with ID-based solutions. Part of the market will keep IDs. Part of the people will say they don't have a problem with being tracked. So it's for us important to also cover that segment. We mostly did it by working with partners in the past, but we're now building more and more capabilities on, that also in-house and especially on merging the 2 technologies.
Yes, we are moving from tracking to prediction. It's nice to track, but it's even better to predict results, and that's what we're doing with our partners, which will also yield more revenues.
AI, super important always for us, for the platform because you cannot match in demand and supply less than 100 milliseconds manually. You need to have AI for that. But AI is getting more and more important. AI is disrupting. LLM technology, for example, we are using to make life of agencies and customers easier and to automate part of their tasks, but also helping us, of course, to vertically integrate forward. And of course, for further platform efficiency with a cooperation with Google, where we do neural network technology and our platform still has a lot of room to improve on margins, on pricing and on matching. So very important that we further focus or keep our strategic focus on engineering, product, and AI.
Then the third focus area, strategic focus area is efficiency and financial. Operational excellence is super important, unifying the teams, AI to drive better productivity, building a lean and efficient structure, but also keeping in mind, it's people we're working with, so company culture and team motivation are super important. We just had our top 50 together in Madrid. And that was really great to see how the team is developing, how -- yes, good cooperation is in the team. And don't forget, we have acquired several companies. So this is really a melting pot of cultures and super happy to see that that's going very well.
Then focus on finances and especially cash generation. Margin expansion, super important, of course. I mentioned it before, the improvement in the margin, then leveraging and streamlining our cost base, AI-based improvements playing a big role there. Attention at our costs, we are further working with, yes, offshoring, for example, in India, where we have a big team in Bangalore. We do a lot of business in the U.S., but having all the costs in the U.S. would, from a dollar perspective, be better, but it's so much more expensive, and we are so much more efficient if we do that in other areas.
Then last point also here, cash generation already mentioned before, we are really aware that we need to generate more cash. We want to do that. We want to keep investing, but we are also working on improving the cash generation. Smart working capital management is part of that and improving, of course, our interest rate coverage where we see already results with the 4.3 versus the 3.3.
Talking about working capital and cash optimizations. Verve has a receivable securitization program, which we installed a while ago. And why do we do that? Because we are in a business where advertisers, agencies pay after 90 days, whereas the supply side is paid after 45 days. That means we have a 45-day cash gap. In the past quarters, we have mostly been very good in, compensating that by using this program, the securitization program. We can go up to 100 million. We still have a bit of room in it, but it also means that companies that we included in the group need to be enabled for that. That takes time. We do the program. We work together with Finacity, which is a very experienced party in this field and the NORD/LB, which is also a strong bank in this area.
The cost of this is super low actually, with the 3-month Euribor plus 2%. So it's a very nice way of getting money paid earlier that otherwise, I'd say, the advertiser would pay us much later. It has a good risk component on it. But it's not only about bringing money forward, it's also having a competitive advantage out of this, Liquidity as a Moat. We have the possibility to sometimes pay a partner a bit faster or to let the supply side pay a bit later. That gives us the possibility to also get stronger on the side towards the customers, towards the partners. And that's a nice thing to have, of course, as a competitive edge.
If you look a little bit further ahead, then we see that, let's say, by getting stronger, and we see all part of that already now that we are also able to get better payment terms from our point of view. Getting stronger, some publishers really want to work with us. So we are a bit more, how to say, able to get -- to pay them a bit later -- so those things. So it's a super important strategic instrument for us for the future, and that's the reason that we want to emphasize here.
Then going to the last slide of this part, and that's about AI. There's a lot of fear about AI in the market. Investors don't know what's happening. We got a lot of questions from investors. Therefore, it's a bit an unusual slide maybe to say that, but we wanted to address those things.
We got questions like -- is our whole platform obsolete? Is it going to be replicated by AI? The answer is no. Because, yes, you can build platforms with AI, but you don't have 65,000 app integrations and the 5 years or more years of trust that we have with those partners. That's not something that just is easily to be built. So technology can be built, but there's a lot of relations and things behind it.
Then will AI replace the specialized data? Can AI start to scale faster than you? LLMs are trained on a lot of markets that are freely available. But what makes us special is that our machine learning is trained on the 1.1 trillion ad transactions that we do, over 1 trillion daily ad requests that we get on the platform. That's special data. That's not just something where AIs have access and that they work on.
Then as users move to AI search, does your market vanish? And yes, part of the market vanishes, we see that on web, and that's a segment where we have never concentrated on. If we talk to some news publishers, they have 30%, 40% less trade views than a year earlier. But in-app is a part where there's not a replacement of LLMs, at least not on the majority of those. So we operate in a century untouched by the shift of AI search. Then the risk of being bypassed by AI agents; yes, AI agents are fulfilling more important roles and will become even stronger. But AI agents need data to work on, to work with, and that's something that we have. So we think that with AI agents, we can actually use that as a disruptor in our favor and go forward.
So to come to conclusion, Verve is not just another software layer, we are an indispensable network where the AI-driven economy actually transacts.
That's bringing me to the end of my part, and I would hand over to Christian, for the financials.
Thank you very much, Remco. So starting with the headlines for the financial performance. Q4 2025 was a strong quarter for us. It had a marked pickup versus Q3, both on top line momentum and also on our profitability.
We saw year-on-year growth of 9.9% on top line, and we also saw a significant step-up in our adjusted EBITDA to a margin of 25.1%. This was also a quarter where we grew fast and we increased our accounts receivables, and that led to an increase in our net working capital of 25.5 million. And this is a dynamic I will come back to and cover and explain further.
If I now dig into the details, both on the revenue side, but also on the profitability side. On the revenue side, we booked for the quarter 194 million. That should be compared for -- at 176 million in Q4 last year, and that equals 9.9% growth. It's really good to see that we have organic growth again, 5.3% when we adjust for inorganic effects and also FX. On top of that, we had a contribution from inorganic growth of 12.2%. But we also battle the declining U.S. dollar because we are reporting in euro, and a lot of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollar, and we had headwinds of 7.6 percentage points working against us for the quarter. So 5.3% organic growth plus acquisition of 12.2%, minus the 7.6 gives the 9.9 in like-for-like growth. And all the details on this is in the interim report.
On the EBITDA level, you can see that we booked 48.6 million. It was a significant step-up not only in absolute terms from Q3, but also we reached the profitability level of 25.1%, which is actually a 7 percentage points pickup from last quarter. There are a number of reasons for that, and one being a big lift in our gross profit margin. But it's also because we are -- Q4 is the biggest season for us, and we're doing higher volumes on essentially the same OpEx base. And that, of course, gives scale impact and scale benefits for us and enabling us to come up with a higher profitability.
When you look at 25% EBITDA margin -- adjusted EBITDA margin and you compare it to Q4 last year, you'll note it was at 27. Please keep in mind that we have through the full year invested in sales expansion and continue to do so. And therefore, that remains a drag on our profitability also for Q4.
In terms of cash flow generation, we posted 45.6 million in operating cash flow before net working capital changes. That's quite strong contribution. It's actually 4 million better than we did last year. Now I mentioned that we had investments in our net working capital of 25.5 million and total cash out for investing was 29.7 million, combining CapEx and payment for acquisitions.
Turning now to gross profit margin, which was really a hallmark of this quarter. You can see here the different percentages through each quarter back in time. This denotes our gross profit margin is revenues minus purchase services -- and purchase services is traffic acquisition costs, so the value of the inventory, cloud hosting costs and other revenue-related and driven costs. Here, you see really a pickup from 36.6% to 44.6% in Q4. So an 8 percentage points improvement. If you look across -- compared to same period last year, it's a 4.2 percentage point pickup. So really substantial. There's three reasons for that.
One is we are working on the unified SSP platform. And as shared earlier, this platform really has a much more rich set of features, where we can manage the dynamic -- the pricing -- have dynamic pricing and also in terms of managing margin. And we, of course, use that to extract a good margin for us, but also win more bids. Secondly, we've become much better at managing our cloud cost, our hosting costs, both through better infrastructure, but also especially around peak loads and making sure that peak loads on our hosting cost doesn't penalize us in terms of pricing. And thirdly, which is also an effect in Q4, this is the biggest season for advertising, and that means there is competition. It drives up prices, but we can essentially serve and match the ads on the same cost base, so we generate a higher profitability out of that.
We would equate that roughly half of the pickup, so half of the 8 percentage points pickup is due to seasonality and the remaining 4 percentage points are more structural improvements through our platform and through our hosting cost management. So that would kind of indicate how to think about it going forward. That also means that you should not expect a gross margin -- profit margin of 44.6% in Q1 because there will be a drop from just pure seasonal effects. That was one very key development.
The other key development, as I mentioned, is the net working capital development for the quarter, where we had an increase of 25.5 million in net working capital. In short, we are growing very fast. We are billing more and that is layering into accounts receivables and therefore, also requiring an investment in net working capital.
Try to illustrate the dynamics here on the left-hand side, where we take the trade receivables in the dark blue and the trade payables in the light blue and then with the balance between those shown as the green line here in the middle, essentially showing our working capital from these 2 postings. And then in the top, line purple line, we see we have our total revenues and gross billings. And here, you can really see the dynamics of what is happening. So between Q3 and Q4, we billed 52 million more. So we really had a big significant increase in billing between Q3 and Q4. This layered into also an increase in accounts receivables of 36 million.
Now why is this happening? If we set aside the securitization program for a second, this is exactly as Remco was mentioning and explaining. because we have a typical payment gap between when we pay our publishers after 45 days and when we receive money from our customers, which is typically on 90 days terms, and that creates a payment gap. So in this case, it means the money that we build in Q4, it will come, but it will come in Q1. So it's not gone, but it will come with a delayed cash effect.
So normally, we have been able to use the securitization program, and this has absorbed the majority of this net working capital buildup. You can see that in the green line going back in time. We have a frame of 100 million. There is still headroom in the program of 20 million. Fully, fully utilized, we could extract 20 million more in cash. We also expected to be utilizing it more than we did here at end of the year.
The biggest limitation that we have and the key limitation is that it works -- the securitization work is attached to 5 of our core business operating units, the biggest ones, and it's set up with daily -- with interactions into our ERP system, NetSuite, with daily reporting on the receivables and reconciliations that happens daily. And that means that when you need to have a business unit in this securitization program, it needs to be set up and working.
We are working very intensely to get further operating units onto the program. We have 2 entities planned and slated here for first half of 2026. More to come, but this is the limiting factor right now of expanding our use of securitization program.
We're very committed to aligning our liquidity management as we grow, not only in the short term, but we will also be -- we also need to think about this -- the overall frame of the program as we grow, so we can have a more limited investment in net working capital.
This dynamic that I was showing here essentially also explains the numbers when you summarize on a yearly basis. Here, you have the cash flow development and cash flow generation. The dark blue is operating cash flow before net working capital and the light blue is after net working capital changes.
So you see we delivered 116 million of operating cash flow, which is quite strong, equal to last year, which was a very good year. And I would also say good in light of a soft Q2 and Q3. And it actually, when you compare the 116 million to the EBITDA of the year, it's actually a conversion of 87%. Now because of the swings in net working capital and the investment in net working capital that we've done this year, that lands on 49 million, and that we would, of course, have liked to have been much higher.
Turning now to CapEx development. Overall for the year, and you can see that here depicted in the left-hand side, we land on 42 million in total expansion and maintenance CapEx for the year. It's basically flat versus 2024. It's within our -- what we've said continuously that we need somewhere between 40 million to 45 million to sustain innovation in the business. That's very important. We are supporting a higher top line with the same CapEx for R&D. And therefore, it is as a proportion to revenues, you can see the green bubbles falling as a percentage from 11% to 10% to 9%.
I think it's important to say that within that envelope of 42 million, the -- what we're actually doing is changing. And how can we actually sustain such innovation pace at the 42 million level? Well, number one, we have integrated the engineering teams. We did that early in 2025. And as you know, we also are now working on one unified SSP platform. And those two together essentially enable us to get much more innovation up from the same euro amount. That's number one. Number two, after the completion of the unification, we can also see a shift from functionality and feature development to more, I would say, innovation R&D, especially around applying AI into whole ecosystem -- our whole internal ecosystem and improving matching and data insights from all the data that we process.
In total, we had cash out for M&A of 41 million for the year. We also have -- if you look at our interim reporting, we have 48.7 million outstanding in deferred payments across the coming years hereof 33 million in '26. We've already paid part of that actually now for the last tranche for Jun Group, which means within '26, we essentially have 9.9 million left to pay in deferred payments when we talk just about 2026, and that's in October. All the numbers I'm quoting here now is the discounted value that matches the interim reporting, just to be very clear on that.
Then I come to the balance sheet and how we are faring on adjusted net leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio. We have a net interest-bearing debt of 446 million. We ended the year at 446 million and with a net leverage ratio of 3.0. That's a slight improvement from the 3.1 that we saw at end of Q3 and it is, of course, expression of a year where we did M&A. Very good to see is that our interest coverage ratio is improving quite significantly, actually up to 4.3x. This is a result of a falling Euribor over the years and also a better bond refinancing terms on the bond placement that we did Spring of 2025, and that you can really see is layering off in the interest coverage ratio.
With that, I conclude the financial update, and I will hand back to Remco for the guidance part.
We already published the guidance earlier with our preliminary numbers, as mentioned, but I would nevertheless like to go here in a bit more detail. Overall, our guidance is based on a moderate to slightly positive market environment for the year 2026, as we expected. What you see on the left side, these are a few expectations from some of the bigger advertising companies, research institutes, and they basically come to an expected market growth of 5.1% to 9.1%, which is basically, if you look at them with some differences, more or less in line with 2025.
Now 2026 is a bit a special year. We have a lot of special advertising events, the FIFA World Cup, U.S. midterm elections. the Winter Olympics, even though they're not in the U.S., there's a lot of U.S. people watching. Yesterday, for example, the Swedish against U.S. ice hockey game. So it's important --those events, because those drive revenues. And 2 years ago, the U.S. midterm -- sorry, the U.S. elections drove a lot of revenue. So that's something that is difficult to judge how much it will drive. The strongest of those 3 certainly by potential is the midterm elections, difficult to say.
If we go to a bit more detail, what are the growth drivers for Verve that we expect. So basically, we're looking at a 7% to 9% structural market growth that we expect based on what you saw on the previous page. We expect to take a 5% or more than 5% growth of market share. And then on top of that, we put in strong safety cushion because you don't know exactly consumer trust is not great in the U.S. at the moment, and there's a lot of other factors. But going a bit into detail.
U.S. economy, digital advertiser drivers, so the blocks on the left side. U.S. economy has proven to be much more resilient than we expected at all, and AI and tech investments are actually also driving the economy, while there's also a lot of weaknesses in the economy. Not easy to really judge to see what's going to happen in 2026. But resilience is one thing that we expect. Then mid- to high single-digit growth based on advertising spend, as mentioned before. In-app and CTV are more insulated, while web is pressured by LLMs. We're happy that we are in in-app.
Then looking at consumer trends and tech advancements, AI is, let's say, bringing extra efficiencies, is driving extra growth. So there's a 3% to 5% expectation there. There are new, more and engaging ad formats. Video just has a higher CPM than a banner ad, things like that. So there is improvements that also we can do. Supply path optimization, the more demand supply and the more of our demand that we really run on our supply, the more efficient we get.
Then we have, let's say, the market share gains that we can do. There's a huge TAM, 130 billion that we're working in. We are still small in that. So there's ample opportunity to grow it being so small. Our data moat, which I mentioned before, is very strong. And then SDKs, yes, we are integrated in many apps, have an own SDK software development kit, which gives us unique data and access to inventory. So those things are making us strong.
Then, yes, the last point on the right, investment in sales, I mentioned that before. Continued investment in expansion of our sales capacity, doubling down our unified brand, I mentioned that one, sharpening our sales approach on more sector focus. And as mentioned before, it takes 9 to 15 months till a seller starts making money or starts making money -- enough money to, say, to compensate its own salary. And we have taken into account the 10 million invest into, yes, the sales buildup.
Then a little bit of, sensitivities, key upsides and downsides. As Christian already mentioned and I did before, we are strongly impacted by dollar movements. 83% of revenue that we have are dominated by the U.S. dollar. So at a weak dollar, we're feeling that. Sales productivity inflection, as already mentioned, yes, it takes a while until the sellers pay their money back and also, not all are good and need to be replaced partly. And then on the positive side, of course, upside and scaling effects based on the platform, AI that will, let's say, help us to grow the U.S.-centric advertising events and especially there the midterm elections. So those are a few that we're giving a bit more meat or a bit more background on how we come to our numbers.
So coming to the outlook and the outlook is really conservative, and this company can do much more, but we really want to be -- how to say it -- not overpromising here and be careful. Coming from a 602 million like-for-like revenue in 2025, we are guiding at a 680 million to 730 million. And take into account that, let's say, with the U.S. dollar, that 7% weaker because we took the 31st of December 2025 dollar rate for our guidance, but the dollar on average in 2025 was 3.7. We're talking about 42 million already that we have to compensate -- to just compensate the dollar effect. The difference or the -- yes, let's say, the difficulty of being reporting in euros.
Adjusted EBITDA, [ 25 ], guiding here of 145 to 175. Take into account that we have the buildup of the sales team and also here safety cushion and the U.S. dollar. So those are the numbers that we're guiding for. And also to come a bit and look a bit into the past, we are a fast-growing company, and we have shown that every year, even in 2025, which was really not great with Q2 and Q3 being -- yes, how to say, it hurt by our unification. But we are confident that we will further grow this company and are one of the faster growers in this market.
Looking in the future, looking into 2026 and our growth journey, yes, we were in the last years -- in the last 6 years, able -- we only started 6 years ago with adtech. We were able to build one of the top 20 adtech platforms in the U.S., and we want to further build. And that means that we are prioritizing long-term value creation because we want to grow, we need to look, let's say, longer than just the next quarter. And that means we need to balance our short-term leverage with our growth while being committed to active cash management, as already mentioned before.
Then we continue to invest in product and sales as well as innovation. And we have a conservative guidance based on the front-loaded investment into the sales expansion. So that is the biggest investment that we're doing at the moment is really adding more sellers.
Then building strong differentiators. Yes, everybody is doing the same. It's not easy to gain market share. If you're differentiated, it's easier. So one of them is really ID-less that were strong, but we're combining that with ID-based, as already mentioned before. Verticalization, so really, getting stronger demand supply connections and also just making more margin with it. Then M&A, we have to integrate the companies that we acquired, and that's also important, good progress already made there, further working on those integrations. Then aiming at new emerging markets and segments.
Retail media, I mentioned that before. So that's a sector where we've shown really good results and are further also looking in getting a stronger position, more segments, as mentioned before. And then, yes, the important point of AI, I mentioned that a few times. AI to become more efficient as a company, AI to improve results for our partners to make our platform better and AI to disrupt and gain market share. So with platform unification completed, we have operational challenges, we have turned operational challenges into a powerful foundation for future growth, and I'm very confident this company will show very nice growth in 2026.
That brings me to the end of my part, and I would like to hand over or hand back actually to Ingo.
Thank you, Remco and Christian as well. And now it's time for our Q&A session.
[Operator Instructions] The first question of the day now comes from Matthew Weber from Canaccord Genuity.
2. Question Answer
Appreciate all the color, it's very helpful. I just wanted to ask about the expectation for -- I think it was over 5 percentage points of market share gains. As your sales reps land new deals, what are the most common types of platforms you expect to displace? Essentially, I'm just trying to get a better understanding of where these share gains are coming from. And then I have a quick follow-up.
Yes. Thank you, Matthew. Good question. Great question. Where are the market share gains coming from? This is a huge market. As mentioned before, there's 130 billion TAM in the U.S. and there is a ton of players in. There's more than 500 companies in this adtech market. And that we were able within 6 years to become one of the top 20 is already showing.
We're not huge yet, how distributed this market is. So gaining is really against, let's say, smaller parties that are not able to use AI, that are not able to use data as well as we do. So that's where we mostly take market share, but also some larger competitors, of course. And don't -- yes, I mean, that's the market share part. And of course, the overall market growing gives also extra opportunities where it not necessarily has to go against competitors, but also can be just additional.
Then just given the emphasis on the sales force expansion, is there any -- how should we think about the mix of demand side versus supply side revenue in '26 and longer term?
Good question and very, very difficult to answer. I mean we are striving to get to a 50-50. And within the 50-50 also to make sure that it's not only the demand revenues that we show, but also that those demand revenues run on supply. But as already mentioned before, if we now hire sellers, we don't know how fast they ramp up their revenues. We don't know how many -- there's some numbers there, but we don't know exactly who is not good and who we have to replace.
So exactly saying this, it's super difficult. But what will be -- yes, what is certain is that we will grow our demand side. But in the meanwhile, we're also, of course, working on platform improvements on the supply side, AI and things like that. So it's not that we try to slow down one of the sites for the other one. But with the investments we're doing in sales, we should grow the demand side faster.
The next question comes from Ellis Acklin from First Berlin.
The main question I have is, I would like to understand a little bit better. You mentioned that the high growth last year put a strain on your cash flow and in particular, the working capital. When I'm looking at the year ahead for 2026, you're also expecting another strong growth year and just wondering how you will be able to prevent a repeat of the issues last year, especially considering you highlighted that you have a 100 million ceiling for the securitization. So is that 20 million in headroom you talked about going to be sufficient to normalize the working capital? Or are there other levers that you can pull to help manage that? So I'll leave it there, but I do have one brief follow-up afterwards.
Yes. Thank you. Let me start with the commercial side. And that is indeed, as I mentioned before, we are getting bigger, and we have possibilities, of course, to also work a bit on payment terms in our favor. While on the other side, we're also sometimes using payment terms to just get a competitive advantage or to onboard a partner. So that's one of the things. But with growing revenues, of course, there will be further demand because of this gap of 90 versus 45 days. And I would like to hand over to Christian, because he's working on expanding the program. Christian?
Yes. Thank you for your question, Ellis. We are working on 2 fronts. So the one I mentioned is adding more entities on the existing program. That's number one. But we are actually also working on expanding the program. And this will be necessary to take on board more of the growth that we will come towards, especially second half of the year. So we're working on both ends.
Sorry, did you have a follow-up question, Ellis?
Yes. Great. I was just wondering if you had any -- were going to add anything else. No, just a quick one. The leverage ratio at year-end was 3.0. Do you have a target in mind for this year? Or are you comfortable with that -- around that level?
So you could kind of see this year was an acquisition year. Next year -- this last year, I mean, was an acquisition year. This year, we have full focus on the core business and developing that. When you look at the midpoint or the upper range of our guidance, this will bring us on a path towards the 2.5. I don't want to extend a guarantee here that we will be at exactly 2.5 by the end of the year, but I can see a path in that direction. It may take a quarter more, but this -- it is firmly our ambition to work towards the 2.5.
Yes. Maybe to fill in that or to add to that, we are aware that, let's say, a dampener on our share price, our stock price is really our high leverage that a lot of investors don't like that. And that is, yes, let's say, also making sure that we will focus on that, and we will make sure that we get our leverage lower because we need to get our stock also, let's say, be more rewarded by shareholders.
The next question comes from Andreas Wolf, our analyst from Berenberg.
I have a couple. The first one is on the guidance. Have you only considered the costs for the expansion or also potential associated revenues? And if yes, to what extent? Question number two, is it fair to assume that the '25 CapEx level will also be maintained in '26? Question number three, how do you expect the number of ATOM integrations to develop in '26? And the last question is on M&A. Could you provide insights into your M&A ambitions for the current -- or is the current focus on organic growth and sales force expansion on the demand side?
Thank you, Andreas. List of questions, good questions. Let me start answering them, and Christian, maybe you can fill in later answered them. Yes, when we are adding salespeople, of course, we're also factoring in not only the cost but also the revenues. But as already mentioned, it is super difficult to predict the inflection point. So in that sense, we were a bit more careful on the revenue side than on the cost side because the cost you know for sure that you have it and when the revenues come, it's a bit less certain. So yes, revenues are factored in. So the 10 million is, let's say, the net investment we're doing already taking into account that also income coming from that.
Then CapEx, as Christian in his description said or showed, we have a pretty constant, how to say, maintenance and investment CapEx of roughly 40 million. We would like to keep it roughly at that level. So as a percentage of revenues, it will go down, but we need to innovate. We are a tech company. And if you don't innovate, that's not good in this sector. Within the 40 million, however, we are more and more focusing now on innovation, on AI, on those things. And the part that we used for platform integration for building features and so that has declined sharply now. So we expect also those 40 million actually to yield better, although platform integration was important as we showed, but it will, yes, let's say, yield more into innovation. So even though as a percentage of revenue, it will remain -- or let's say, it will decline, we think that with the 40 million, we can do more than we did in the past if we talk about innovation.
Then to your question about ATOM integration. ATOM is our extra integration on mobile phones, which gives us the possibility to get a lot of data on device that we can attach to an ad when there is no cookie or no identifier. ATOM is integrated almost everywhere now in iOS in the phones. So it's still -- it always takes time until I say, apps are rolled out because people need to update them and not everybody updates the apps. But we see a very good penetration now on iOS. On Android, we have finished the product also Android phones, where it's a bit more complicated because there's no library on an Android phone. So you have a bit larger part of software there. And I won't go too much in detail, but it's a bit more complex there.
We are also, let's say, using more identity signals, ID signals because on Android, people give consent more often or they are not even asked if they do in the U.S. In that sense, we had to do quite some tweaks on it. But also now on Android, we are starting the rollout or we have started actually roll out roughly a quarter ago, and we expect by the end of the year to have a good penetration and that will also drive further things. And maybe before you asked the question, that's not immediately showing revenue.
We don't charge extra for the signals that we get from ATOM, but it helps us really to help publishers that don't get a lot of money from the part of their traffic where they don't have an ID. And it, of course, helps us towards advertisers because they can reach customers or, let's say, potential customers that they otherwise wouldn't reach or, let's say, only blindly reach by shooting in line basically. So it's a super important part of our business.
Then getting to M&A activity, yes, as mentioned before, we need to bring leverage down. We need to also integrate the acquisitions that we did. So at the moment, there is no focus on acquisitions. That's, let's say, more short, middle term. I'm still of the opinion that we need to grow faster than we organically can to really become more relevant in this market. We are still very small. So if I look a bit further ahead, there will be further acquisitions, and we keep our eyes open. But at the moment, it's a priority to really bring leverage down and to also work more and better with our share price and our investors.
Great. So the questions keep coming in. We have a bit of a traffic jam here. So take your time, guys, please.
Next question comes from the chat from Rasmus Engberg from Kepler Cheuvreux.
Do you expect working capital to recover in 2026?
Okay. So let me take that question. So yes, we -- I think we can think about it both long term and short term. Short term, we can see that the money that we have built in Q4 will come in, in Q1. That's very important to state this is not money out the door. It will come back, and it will have a positive effect on working capital in Q1. And as such, you could say, yes, it would rebalance.
I think was it Ellis who pointed to there is, of course, the overall structural challenge as we grow and depending on how fast we grow through '26, we will have the challenge of putting some of our securitization -- putting some of our receivables on securitization program up to the 100 million and beyond as we expand it, but there may still be a component where we cannot securitize it. So it will -- that you have to have both elements in mind. That said, we are working dead hard to, if not fully neutralize it, then bring it into the most balanced way that we can and still not hinder our growth.
Great. The next question is a verbal one again from [ Orlow Koretzky from OK Consult PE. ]
Two very top line questions. Firstly, regarding sentiment. I was a bit startled. I mean, normally, bond investors are much more careful in their due diligence and risk management, and you got those 50 million in new funding extremely quickly, which should be a sign of confidence actually, which is not reflected in the stock at all. So is that just kind of the AI disruption fears that are mongering amongst the market? Or do you have any other explanation for that disparity? That's the first one.
Secondly, with the last capital increase, you, Remco, showed personally very strong confidence investing quite significantly in the shares in the increase and via the market as well. And as I understand you, the integration of the platform is almost done now. So the company is derisked and the shares are about half as expensive as they have been then. So what are you making out of that situation?
Thank you, Orlow, very much and good questions and not easy to answer. In the end, let's say, shareholders decide what the company's value is. So it's difficult to, of course, argue against that. But I can give some, let's say, my vision on it or my view on it. If I compare debt and equity markets at the moment, overall, equity markets are not happy about everything that's microcap. Equity markets are super uncertain about AI investments and all those things, what's happening with AI, how is it affecting things. And we have an additional factor being listed in Europe. We hardly have any peers. So that doesn't make our life easier because the business model is not always easy and people want to understand business models better. And for such a, let's say, a small market cap, you often don't do the work to really dive into a company. So overall, that makes the sentiment not easy.
Also, if I look at the share price development of our peers in the U.S., I mean, they are partly a bit better, but there's also quite a few that are worse than what we did. So this whole environment at the moment with AI, with small stocks and a lot of money going into big stocks is not making it easier. I was also super happy with the debt investors. So the bond investors. We were strongly oversubscribed. We did it very fast. And this company is solid. And I think that that's what the debt investors really recognized and the equity investors have -- yes, let's say, there's overall market things.
The one thing that is -- that people don't like with us is the high leverage, the 3.0 now. And yes, that's where the bond investors make their money, but that's where the equity investors see a risk component. And that's something that we are, as mentioned before, working on in 2026, to see that we also get this leverage down. So that's important. But the company is growing. We have shown it in the past years. We are absolutely confident to do it now. And yes, we are a bit hindered by a weak dollar, but so be it.
So I hope that answers your question. It's a bit of fractions that I give as quotes, but it's not super easy to give a black and white answer to your question.
Still, I mean these bond investors also invest into a small cap company. And I understand they don't have any upside for the 80% in interest. And so from a risk/return point of view, that -- yes, sorry, it doesn't make really sense to me. I mean either you believe the company will prevail or you don't. And if you do so for 8% in interest, why don't you do for equity?
I can totally agree with what you're saying. And yes, but it's not to me. I mean, I bought stock. I've never sold stock. I believe in this company, and I further do so.
So you're considering to do that in the future as well?
I'm not ruling that out. [ I don't go with ] my blackout periods, but yes, that one is over now.
So now we have a couple of questions in the chat again. The next ones come from Konrad Lieder from FL AlphaCap. I'll read them one by one, so you can answer them.
First one is on the 10 million investment in sales personnel, are they already on board? How should we think about phasing the 10 million over the single quarters in the year?
I can take that one. No, those people are not yet on board. And we are seeing it's -- let's say, if you hire salespeople, you want to hire the best ones, the good ones. That's not something that you just do overnight. We have been hiring quite a lot. I mean, I showed the over 60% increase that we had already, but part of that actually is also because of the acquisition of Captify and acardo, which brought those extra sellers in. But adding sellers is not easy, and there's also a bit of seasonality in there.
A really good seller is very difficult to hire from mid-Q4 onwards till end of Q1 because that's when they get the commissions over the last year and you want the good ones. So at the moment, we're not onboarding so many in Q1, but we will be onboarding and we're having a lot of talks already in Q2 and Q3. So it is, let's say, in that sense, it's front-loaded, but we are hindered that the real good ones are waiting for their commission before they will quit the job.
So in that sense, this will develop throughout the year. But we got quite a few in last year already, and those are -- yes, let's say, we had success cases where somebody in the first week did a really good deal, but that's the exception and not the rule. So most of them we are investing in at the moment.
That's actually also already answered part of the second question. A similar comment on sales investments that have been made last year. How successful were the investments so far made last year?
Yes, we see good traction on them. And if the sellers that are not good, we let them go, and that also has happened already a few times. So it's really -- yes, it's a buildup. And yes, we had the discussion also internally.
If you do M&A like with Captify, you immediately have sellers that have a book of business that are profitable, but therefore, you pay the purchase price for the company. And if you do it organically, you first have to select them, then you have to train them because they need to learn the product that you have and only then you see them starting to make money. So it's a longer trajectory, but yes, we do both.
I would also add that you see the first indications in our growth in number of customers, especially the total number of customers in Q4, and I think part of that is because we've had more feet on the ground in a more focused way, and we are picking up additional customers. They still need to scale, but I think that's a very good indicator for that the investments we are putting in is really paying off -- starting to pay off.
Then the next question complex is on the C-level personnel changes. End of 2025, both your Chief Revenue Officer and Chief Product Officer left the company. Why? The new Chief Revenue Officer will only begin in March. Does this create any delays?
Good question. I'll take it. The CPO, let me start with the CPO. David, who was the founder of Dataseat company that we acquired, and we made him CPO. He is a very good product focus. Under him, we build up people on the demand and the supply side. But David has a personal issue that made him terminate his job. And we decided because demand and supply really demand different focus on product that we don't replace the CPO on the top level, but therefore, have strong product people in the units. So that's on the CPO.
RO, Sameer Sondhi, who was with the company for 6 years, actually over 6 years. He decided to go somewhere else, which can happen after 6 years, wanted to get some fresh air. And we were super happy to hire Dave Simon, who is indeed going to start formally on the 1st of March, but he has already been working in the background, supporting us, taking already decisions. So that's going in a very smooth transition, and there was a transition also from Sameer to Dave. So in that sense, he will be full time from March 1, but he, how to say, is already on board and help there.
So we have a very fluid transition there. And Dave, as a background, he worked with Media before that with Moloco, which -- Moloco is a very big private competitor that we have, very strong in AI actually and targeting. And before that, he worked with Fyber, which is part of Digital Turbine, which is also a competitor. So he's a very experienced manager and, yes, seeing already very positive traction from the things he's doing.
Thank you, Remco. Then going back to the callers. The next question comes from Christoffer Jennel from Inderes.
Just a couple of questions from my side, and I start with the cash flow. So given that the level of earnings was at similar level compared to last year, is it the right interpretation that the weak that weak cash flow in 2025, was primarily due to the limitations in your securitization program and that the increased use of it and the ability to add more entities to the program is what gives you confidence that the working capital will normalize in 2026?
I think you summarized it very well, to be honest. I think I don't have much to add, but your interpretation is correct. I don't know that we can neutralize all effects in this year. I think there will still be some accounts receivables that we will not put on the securitization program. But in essence, your interpretation is correct, Christoffer.
All right. And I was just wondering also if you could add some color on the receivable impairment that you noticed from the large customer loss.
Yes, I can. So it's correct that we had a quite sizable customer that we have stopped doing business with at the end of 2000 -- or actually in the second half of 2025. This is an account where we still have roughly USD 8 million in payment from. We are pursuing that also by legal channels. We have stopped doing business with them. And I would say, the best protection we have about these type of things is that we don't know if one customer is a significant part of our business. You will have noted also from earlier earnings calls that generally, we don't have one customer that is more than 8 -- sorry, 6% of our business either on the supply side or the sell side, and that's our biggest and best protection against these type of things. They don't happen often, but they do happen once in a while.
Without getting into the details around this specific customer, I would say this is a quite extraordinary behavior even in adtech. And I think I'll just leave it there.
All right. So 8 million in like the cash impact for Q4. Is that right?
That is the receivable that is still outstanding to be paid.
Okay. Okay. And regarding the...
We, of course, expect payment and are working on payment for it. So -- but that is the full amount still outstanding.
Regarding the securitization program, can you give some sort of details on how much you intend to expand the program [indiscernible]?
I think at a level of 150 million, we would be covered for the coming 2 years. I'm not sure you would go to 150 million in one go. It might be a step-wise approach. It also depends on the financing partners and how much they individually want to take. But I would say, at 150 million, we would be covered for the next 2 years, but you will maybe see a gradual in a 2-step approach to get to that level.
All right. And also, did I get that right that you expect to release some of the buildup working capital in Q4 now in Q1 instead? Is that correct?
We expect the money to come in. I don't think we can release it, but in the sense that the 52 million we built extra in revenues in -- well, we built 194 million, but 52 million more than Q3. If you look at the changes, those money will come in during Q1 because they typically are on 90 days payment, and you will see that money coming in, in February and in March, which is also when we look at the projections, we can see the money coming in, of course, with the assumption that the customers do pay and which they normally do.
Last question from me. So in the report, you mentioned that you incurred slightly more interest expenses due to other financial lines and certain effects of the securitization program. And now that you are exploring to expand the program, will -- what type of benefits will we see in the net financials -- sorry, in 2026 in absolute numbers following the refinanced bonds in 2025?
Okay. So it's true that we did have in Q4 more interest costs. We also drew some -- a bit on some of our RCFs. As depicted here and shown by Remco when he went through the securitization, it's actually very attractive from a point of view that -- and from the margin, which is typically when drawn in euros, it's the Euribor plus 2 percentage points. Then there is also an administration fee that is above and beyond that, that also costs. But if you -- the pure financing of it is actually quite attractive because, of course, they have security in the receivables. So in that way, it's a secured program. So that would mean that you can actually finance it with a quite attractive margin compared to, for instance, let's say, using an RCF.
Last but not least, we have Jorg Frey from Warburg Research.
First of all, a bit on Q1, honestly, just bearing in mind that your stock has really had some outsized reactions on quarterly variations. A bit your thoughts on the quarter.
I think we should see at least around 10% currency headwind for the quarter. We have this large customer, which we discontinued, which is probably a headwind of at least something like 3%, which if I judge it correctly what you are telling us and a rather tough comparison base of the prior year of 16% organic growth. So how should we think about the first quarter and the phasing of organic growth throughout the year, just to not disappoint the market or just have unrealistically high expectations for the first quarter.
Yes, Jorg, thank you very much for this question and already, let's say, doing the statements. You're exactly extremely well describing, of course, what we have to come up with in Q1. So we have a lot of positives, but indeed, Q1 is not going to be our easiest because the 16% organic last year in the 10% currency headwind that we have, which is the strongest in Q1 on Q1, the later quarters, it's not so strong, especially in Q3 and Q4, let's say, on the currency, it's not as every -- depending a bit where the currency develops, of course. But -- and we have indeed the customer, which is, let's say, not generating revenue anymore because we don't let him.
On the other hand, we have a lot of things that offset that. So a lot of growth. The platform is running extremely smoothly with better margins and a lot of new customers onboarded. Our demand side is onboarding extra customers. We see a bit of Olympics, not very strong, but a bit of Olympics effect in the numbers. So in that sense, we have a pretty okay start, I would say, in the year. But indeed, it's -- let's say, the Q1 is not the easiest from all the quarters, but that was also taken into account with our guidance, and we didn't give a special guidance on Q1 now. But yes, we are confident about the full year and Q1. If you master that well, you will, of course, see a lot of headroom in the rest of the year because of these points that you just mentioned.
Yes. I think we should all expect momentum to build from Q1. And yes, it's encouraging that you see Q1 starting actually quite well given the circumstances. Another one from me on housekeeping wise, a bit.
Your tax ratio or your tax payments have been quite high in 2025. And how should we view that? This is a bit a reflection of the low earnings base and well indicates a bit that while the earnings quality is actually better than you might perceive it at the first glance or how -- what was there anything special we should bear in mind?
So the tax setup of the company is quite complex with all the entities. We have met certain what we call interest barriers in terms of how you can deduct for interest payments in the different entities, and that has an effect on the tax -- total tax calculation for 2025.
I think -- so in terms of the normal tax rate, it would be kind of effective tax rate around the 30% to 32% level, but we have movements both in deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities, which distort that picture. And as I said, there are certainly things that are hindering us in getting a full deduction for interest payments as we look across the different entity groups because there are certain barriers for how much interest you can deduct and therefore, save on taxes. Sorry, it's a bit technical answer, but it's also not an easy question to give full and very clear guidance on. I hope it helps in the understanding. And if you need more, we can... Obviously, I didn't have the details of it.
Particularly that you stick to 30% to 32% long-term tax rate assessment. And probably a last one, just a bit technical as well.
What's your -- if you look at your current bond portfolio and well, the recent upsizing of the bond, what is your current assessment of cash interest payments for 2026, bearing in mind that in the last year, you had quite some special payments for the early redemption of the bonds. So probably quite elevated interest payments last year.
Yes. So that would, of course, be a mix of the margin level that we pay on the original bond places, which was at 400 basis points and then with the upsizing, which was at 497, I believe, 97 basis points. We will continue because -- we will continue to have some of the cost depreciated that was part of making the bond. The way that it works in our accounting is that you take the cost of doing the bond extension and that is depreciated over the lifetime and the maturity of the bond. So I think that will still have an effect into this year.
Okay. So that's it from my side. All the best and fingers crossed for accelerating momentum for the rest of the year.
The next question comes from Andreas Wolf again from Berenberg.
I have a quick follow-up. Christian, maybe you could clarify what is the amount of receivables related to the big client with whom you discontinued the client relationship still sitting on the balance sheet because at least that was my understanding in Q4, there were also impairments which impacted revenues and the bottom line as well.
There is impairments and offsets for it in the total that the receivable is -- the receivable that has not been paid is USD 8 million. Given that we are in legal discussions, I will not give a number out on how much is impaired because that basically tells where our pain point is. But the total outstanding that is still to be received from these customers is USD 8 million, and we intend it in full. I do understand why you're asking. But please be in mind, given that we are in legal discussions by giving out the impairment and the reserve for it, we are effectively then disclosing where our pain point is.
Now we're closing today's Q&A questionnaire with a final question coming from the chat from Christoffer Jennel from Inderes again. A nice question on AI. I think this directly goes to Remco.
Remco, if AI dramatically lowers the cost of creation and floods inventory with content, what is your view on the impact on CPMs, bid density and auction price flows across your marketplace? Do you see downward pricing pressure or greater segmentation of value?
Good question. Very good question, and I need to think a bit about it. Cost of creation goes down. You have, for example, now just Google that launched in Genie, which is making it very easy to develop games or kind of all kind of content also on video. So I share the observation that it's easier to create content. But in the end, let's say, content needs to be viewed. So not all of the content will be successful, but the consumer will be overloaded with more content, which we already -- which is a trend that was there already anyway. I mean, look at YouTube, look at the social media, et cetera.
In the end, let's say, money will still be made with advertising. And if there's more views, if there's more price pressure on it, our purchase will be cheaper, then the value add of data will become actually even more important because how do I reach the right consumer? How do I really target them? So AI is disruptive. I think that's the conclusion that we are all drawing.
The question is how can you use that? And traditionally, I like disruption in the market. We like, let's say, the idealist disruption, less IDs available, people need to do something different. And the same comes for AI. With AI disrupting the market, and I think it's a bit more on the web part than it is on the in-app part, but AI is disrupting, and that's great because that gives opportunities. And we can use AI, and I had a slide on that in the presentation to really make us much stronger, make us more efficient, do our targeting better but AI is great. And yes, let's embrace it, let's use it and go forward with it. And it gives a lot of opportunities.
Great final words, Remco, I would say. Thank you for that. And thanks to all of you for participating in this Q&A session so lively. Should any additional questions come to mind later, please do not hesitate to reach out to the Investor Relations team. We're always happy to answer.
With this, we have reached the end of today's call. Thank you for joining us. Have a productive rest of the week, and we look forward of getting back in touch with you again soon. Bye-bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Verve Group — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
Verve Group — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
So good morning to our guests in America. Good afternoon to our guests in Europe. My name is Ingo Middelmenne and as the Head of Investor Relations of Verve Group, I'd like to cordially invite you -- I'd like to cordially welcome you to today's earnings call of our company. As you see, we are using a new conferencing system from today onwards. It now allows our private investors to participate live in a listen-only mode. Our institutional investors and analysts will be able to ask their questions live in the Q&A session.
[Operator Instructions] We have had an intense quarter behind us with all of the effects and initiatives for us to explain. As usual, we have prepared a presentation for you to provide you with some additional insight to increase transparency for you. After this presentation, we will, of course, take the time to answer your questions. Please be reminded that the entire call, including the Q&A session, will be recorded and will be made available publicly on our website following this call. [Operator Instructions] And now I'm handing you over to our CEO, Remco Westermann, to guide you through the first part of today's call. Remco, please go ahead.
Thank you, Ingo. Also from my side, a warm welcome to Verve's presentation of the third quarter 2025. As usual, I will present the headlines and the latest developments, followed by Christian, our CFO, who will present the financials. Q3 was a very important quarter for Verve, which laid the foundation for further strong and profitable growth. As a very important milestone, we finalized the unification of our in-app platform, which leads to cost efficiencies as well as revenue opportunities. We also continue to invest in growth by further strengthening our demand side, adding more sales employees and also acquiring 2 demand-side-oriented companies as well as by further investments in our products, data and AI. While revenues and EBITDA for Q3 2025 were down versus Q3 last year, we started seeing the positive effects of the unification and the growth investments by the end of the quarter and even stronger in Q4. Let me lead you through the Q3 presentation.
Let me start with an overview of our main events. As already mentioned in the introduction, as planned, we successfully finalized the in-app platform unification project. This leads to lower cost. One platform requires one team and as such, is much more cost efficient as several platforms. But even more important, the unified platform is better performing platform, which is and further will continue to be improved, showing better performance and as such, leading to revenue increases. Our second strong growth driver is further investment in our main growth drivers. We have a great product portfolio, and we are further investing in product, data and AI with also emphasis on our ID-less targeting. But these products need to be sold. And that means growing our sales team with approximately 4,000 small and midsized agencies in the U.S. plus the holdco agencies, a substantial sales team to address those is required. We are actively growing our sales team organically and also nonorganically. Coming to point 3, acquisitions continue to contribute successfully to our growth.
With the acquisition of Captify Technologies, we had strong positions in the U.S., U.K. and Australia, extending sales, customer reach and adding intent data to our portfolio of contextual and ID-less targeting solutions. With Acardo, we acquired a strong addition in Germany, enabling us to get stronger in the German market with strong CPG contacts and great solutions for retailers and CPGs, among others, with solutions such as couponing and measuring via retail cash assistance. Getting to the financials. Point 4, Q3 revenue was impacted by the unification project, as already mentioned before, temporary lower revenues and higher costs till mid of the quarter.
On top of that, we faced a softer market with our political ad spend and with sectors such as, for example, CPG being weaker. Based on a change in revenue recognition, we are, however, reporting higher revenues than last year. This is based on having more margin and revenue controls on the unified platform. Christian will cover this later. Number five, our EBITDA came also in weaker due to lower revenues, one-offs of efficiency measures and increased cost based on, for example, hiring more salespeople where costs come well before the revenue come.
Also, weaker U.S. dollar did not help us as the majority of our revenues are in the USD, while a large part of our costs are in euros, and we also report in euros. Coming to the last point on the page, while Q3 and Q2 were not strong quarters based on the before mentioned, by end of Q3, we started to see increased momentum. The momentum continues into Q4 with a performance single in-app platform and efficiency measures and growth initiatives starting to show effect. Based on this strong start into and further positive outlook for Q4, we reaffirm and narrow our 2025 guidance. Christian will cover that in more detail. Looking at our main KPIs. What we see here that we -- in Q3, we were also able to further strengthen our already strong in-app position. While LLMs like ChatGPT and the likes put web advertising and web publishers under pressure, in-app is a nice growth area to be in. Mobile now represents 97% of our revenues.
Whereas also CTV is a very interesting segment, we saw CPMs and margins coming under pressure based on more supply getting into the market, while a lot of demand is still stuck with spend on linear TV. First CTV share of revenues is down from 4% in the last quarter to 3% in Q3, which is reflecting this. We are further investing in solutions for CTV that are differentiating and expect CTV to be the growth driver for Verve also in the long term, but don't want to work for low margin and as such, saw lower revenues in this quarter. I'm very pleased with the fact that we were able to increase the share of demand versus supply.
As previously mentioned, the more we directly sell to demand and the more balanced our supply and demand are, the stronger the company gets. Demand now represents 31% of revenues, up from 25% in the previous quarter. Based on our investments towards brands and agencies, we expect the share to further grow. We are also starting to see positive effects of our investments in markets outside of the U.S., with the U.S. now representing 75% of our revenues versus 79% in the previous quarter and Europe increasing to 12% versus 9% in Q2.
Revenues and earnings performance were impacted by investments and changes in revenue recognition. While Christian will go more in detail, I cover the main financial KPIs, revenue and EBITDA on this slide. Revenue is 3.3% down versus last year on a like-for-like basis. And due to the unification and more control on margins, we, however, had to change our revenue recognition and as such, show higher revenues as reported revenues. EBITDA is 22% down versus last year, which results from the lower revenues as well as from the higher cost due to the unification effects and the increased costs for our growth investments. Coming to our KPIs. We saw an increase in ad impressions to 288 billion in the quarter, 18% up versus last year. While revenue was down, this shows that CPMs and margins came down, reflected by a weaker overall market and the mix shift away from CTV. Based on platform unification, onboarding and scaling were slow in Q2 and Q3. However, from the mid of the quarter, we ramped up onboardings with our number of overall software customers increasing by 6% and including M&A actually by 23%.
Our number of large software clients also again started to increase by 3%, excluding M&A and 12%, including M&A versus the last quarter. The net dollar expansion rate with 90% was a bit lower than last quarter based on the onetime effects and market weakness with, for example, lack of political ad spend. Our customer retention rate remains at high levels with our over $100,000 client retention rate at a solid 96%. Looking at growth drivers. Our product innovation continues to be a strong driver. Here, for example, the scaling of our ad formats.
Verve continues to increase impressions and conversions through full screen and video ads. We see a strong 56% year-on-year growth with now EUR 14 million revenues in Q3. Another area of product innovation is our ID-less targeting, as investors know. We continued our product innovation into this area as well. The ID, the old backbone of user tracking and ad personalization continues to disappear. We further invest and scale our ID-less solutions. The acquisition of Captify adds further capabilities with their intent data. We were able to grow our iOS revenues by 29% to EUR 187 million LTM.
Coming to platform unification. I mentioned the word several times in this presentation already. This is also a slide that we have shown previously. We started our business in AdTech by gaining critical mass through acquisitions. But to be successful in this business, a cutting-edge technology setup is key, and that means integrating platforms. In Q2 and Q3, we saw a temporary pain of that. But by end of Q3 and in Q4, we see the benefits. Important to mention that the latest acquisitions, Captify and Acardo are simple cases that strengthen our demand side and don't require technical integrations.
Talking about our acquisitions, we are happy with them. We acquired Captify and Acardo. Captify just being a half month consolidated into the third quarter, Acardo being consolidated from the start of the fourth quarter, but both strengthening our business. Captify strengthened our sales teams in the U.S. and the U.K. and Australia. They have strong agency contacts and contracts that those can be levered. For example, if they have a contract with an agency, we can also start selling our other products into that. So that really adds.
There was only very limited overlap actually from the agency contacts with, let's say, the previous acquisition Jun and the further contacts we have in the U.S. Search intent data for targeting are added by Captify and they are adding substantial revenue, whereas we paid an attractive multiple. Acardo supports Verve in building stronger positions outside the U.S., especially strengthening our German position. The strong relation with CPG brands can also be levered internationally. And also their couponing and cash register data capabilities, we see as a potential game outside of Germany, but also, of course, to further lift that inside of Germany. Coming more towards the future, we continue to invest in structural growth that sometimes hurts as we have seen also in Q3. But if we look at the overall growth of this company, it has always played out in the mid and the long term, and we expect all the investments we do also to do and to already show in Q4.
One area, important area, further improvement of platform and AI performance, a unified platform is the base for further scaling and increased efficiency, and we continue our investments in AI and data as well as further yield improvement of the platform. And as the second, further scaling of our demand side by further scaling our sales organization, targeting a sales headcount of 150 sellers in the U.S. by end of 2026 as well as expanding and improving our product and services portfolio with focus on verticals such as retail, CPG and media companies, but also in podcast, for example, we've seen really nice results. And additionally, we are working on the demand side solutions based on the nice additional possibilities you have with generative AI and agentic technologies. We also expect to be able to show nice progress in that field. That brings me to the end of my part, and I would like to hand over to Christian.
Thank you very much, Remco. So my plan is to cover the financial performance of Q3 in numbers, but actually also spend some time in drilling into some of the underlying dynamics and drivers of the performance, and then I'll end on guidance for the year. So firstly, looking at revenue and adjusted EBITDA. We report 25% revenue growth for the quarter from EUR 114 million to EUR 142 million in Q3 this year. You will note a callout of EUR 32 million here shaded in purple, and this is the impact of the change of revenue recognition, which I'll come back to and explain. If we normalize for that on a like-for-like basis, we had a growth of -- a negative growth of 3%. And if we look at the organic growth of the business, taking into -- adjusting for M&A and adjusting for FX because we also had some headwinds from FX, we declined 4 percentage points, 4.1 percentage points. We report EUR 26 million in adjusted EBITDA for the quarter. This is a decline from previous year of 22% and also sequentially, we are lower with EUR 3.4 million.
Now if we look at the EBITDA margin, with the addition of the revenue recognition and the top line of EUR 142 million reporting, we will report 18% in adjusted EBITDA margin. However, you look here at a comparable EBITDA margin from going back in time here in the light blue line, we would, on a like-for-like basis, be reporting 24% in EBITDA margin. So despite a somewhat soft quarter, we generated operating cash flows of EUR 34 million. That's actually a doubling from last quarter, which was EUR 15.2 million. I should, however, note that we also have a negative impact of working capital of EUR 29 million, EUR 29.6 million, and this is majorly caused by lower use of our securitization program.
All in all, we invested EUR 34 million, and that's a combination of M&A for Vivento and Captify and also continuing to invest in the platform. I'll now try to dig a little bit deeper into the revenue and the top line and the performance of the quarter. So most importantly is probably one effect of the change in revenue recognition, which has an impact of EUR 32 million. As we move our mobile in-app volumes onto the unified platform, new unified platform, this platform has a significantly enriched control features for pricing.
That means we can determine some of the pricing and the floors. And this essentially means that we also bear the burden of making the campaigns work. Now by IFRS 15 standards, that means we need to recognize the revenue on a principal basis, i.e., on a gross basis, where it was for this part, previously recognized on a net basis. As I said, it adds EUR 32 million to revenues. It has no impact on EBITDA. And this will be the principle that we will continue to recognize going forward. Positive impacts. We had -- as Remco referred to, we had very strong iOS growth, 29% growth on an LTM basis. We also had a good contribution from higher video and full screen volumes lifting our revenues, and we had -- we consolidated in Captify from the mid of September with some contribution. In terms of negative impacts for the quarter, the main one I would probably call out is that we did see a continued effect of the platform challenges after the unification until and including July and just the start of August. We also communicated that last time. From there on, we've seen an improving momentum through the quarter.
So it's mainly July and some of August that was impacted, but it does have a negative impact on the revenues for the quarter and therefore, contributions. Aside for that, please keep note that in -- when you compare it to last year, we did have some political revenues in Q3, actually even more in Q4. In Q3, we had some EUR 2 million, EUR 3 million of political revenues, which, of course, we do not have this year. We also see reduced CTVs revenues and continue to have FX headwinds. That brings me on to -- the covered revenue part, brings me on to profitability here showing both gross profit and EBITDA. On the left-hand side, you see a calculation of our gross margin on a like-for-like basis. So it's essentially revenues minus purchase services or COGS and you see an increase from 35% in Q2 to 37%, so 2 percentage points up. And also with 37% level, we are actually above the levels of quarters -- comparable quarters last year.
I think this is very important because it really shows that the investments we're doing in the product is starting to show effect and also that the challenges we had on some -- with the unification of the platform in Q2 is dealt with. When we then look at EBITDA, and I will structure this in 2 components. Firstly, we had a number of one-off payments or expenses through the quarter. This we adjust -- normalized for in the adjusted EBITDA. But just to cover them, we had EUR 1.6 million in personnel expenses. This was mostly severance payments. Given we are now through with the platform unification, we have been able to capture cost savings and also personnel savings and including also different efficiency measures across the organization, leading to EUR 1.6 million in severance payments. We had legal costs, legal and advisory costs for M&A of EUR 1.7 million and also other expenses totaling EUR 1 million. Most of it is share-based compensation. So all together, EUR 4.3 million.
Aside from that, the profitability of the quarter is affected by the lower revenue loss and also continued technical costs that continued into the quarter, and that is probably the main reason why our EBITDA is softer for this quarter. Also, after the completion of the unification, we are capitalizing less for the quarter. We did EUR 3.3 million less in capitalization for the quarter compared to same quarter last year. And as Remco mentioned, we continue to invest in our sales team and sales footprint, and that means we are taking people and costs onboard sometimes in advance of full revenues of a salesperson. All in all, EBITDA for the quarter, which is somewhat softish, but primarily driven by shorter-term effects and continued strategic investments in our sales footprint and product to say. This brings me on to operating cash flow and to CapEx development. Here on the left-hand side, you see the operating -- operational cash flow development for the period. And you will note that we have a -- we are down to EUR 66 million in LTM for operating cash flows, down from EUR 137 million.
This is reflective of 2 quarters now with lower cash generation. And also, we, of course, have the one-off expenses that I mentioned before, does have a cash impact and then with the negative development in our working capital. You will also see that we are realizing on an LTM basis, EUR 38 million in cash interest expenses, that's lower than the EUR 45 million we had in 2024, and this is the benefit of the refinancing of the bonds, which we will continue to benefit going forward. At the same time, we maintain our CapEx investments here illustrated by the purple, EUR 34 million and EUR 9 million at roughly same levels as last year, and we did CapEx investment in M&A across Vivento and Captify of EUR 25 million. This brings me to adjusted leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio. And overall, we are certainly working on bringing down our leverage ratio and continue to focus on that. We have also communicated that in the case of an M&A, we could see periods where our net leverage ratio would increase temporarily.
And here, we see for LTM basis September that we are at 3.1x, up from 2.4 I think this quarter basically sees a combination of outflows for M&A. And then together with the lower cash -- somewhat muted cash generation and together with also negative working capital swings, all these elements come together and reduces our cash position for the quarter and thereby, it also influences our net leverage ratio. Moving then to interest coverage ratio. We see we are actually up 3.5, so at good and healthy levels. The increase is mainly driven by the fact that we are paying less interest on the bonds. Now I focused a lot on Q3 and Q3 performance, but just taking a back -- step back and looking at things in a bigger picture. We have had certain investment phases in the company through its lifetime.
And I think we demonstrate when you look at it in a long-term perspective that we are able to grow our revenue significantly as well as our adjusted EBITDA of 31% here across from 2020 to LTM today. And also we increased our adjusted EBITDA 38%. And I think that is important in -- to also have in mind as we look at the performance of Q3, and we should be evaluated on the long-term performance and Q3. That's really what I wanted to highlight with this slide. Then moving into guidance. So we've had a very strong start to trading in Q4, and that leads us to reaffirm but also update our full year guidance for the year. If we look at net revenues, we are guiding EUR 560 million to EUR 580 million. And if you look at the underlying effects here on the right-hand side, you can really see a year where we had very good and strong growth in Q1, less growth in Q2 and Q3.
But with the acceleration and the momentum shift we saw actually already within here at Q3, but also then accelerated into Q4, we feel comfortable and certain that we will reach EUR 560 million to EUR 580 million in top line. I should note that the EUR 560 million and EUR 580 million -- to EUR 580 million incorporates additions from M&A and also from the change of revenue recognition principle. And we try to do that to be as precise and give as much clarity on where are we actually going to end the year in reported terms. Adjusted EBITDA, we maintain from -- guidance on adjusted EBITDA, we maintain from EUR 125 million to EUR 140 million, taking into account that we continue to make investments also both in sales and in product. That concludes my section, and I will now hand over to Remco for wrap-up and closing remarks.
Thank you, Christian. And that brings me to the last slide of the presentation. Based on the efficiency measures and the investment in our growth initiatives in the previous quarters, we saw a strong end of Q3 and an even stronger start into Q4. The unification of in-app supply platform is finalized. Customers return to former spending levels and beyond. We were able to implement team and technology cost optimizations, and we restarted new customer onboarding in Q3 and saw a good effect from that. Putting more emphasis on the demand side is also leading to organic growth. We will further continue to onboard sales and teams -- salespeople and sales support staff. We see a positive trend with regards to upselling of our combined and continuously improved product portfolio. And as well as on the supply side, we also on the demand side, see a strong momentum in customer onboarding and scaling of the customers.
We continue to focus on launching and improving our products and solutions. We see that AI and yield investments on the unified platform show positive impact. We work on further improvements of our ID-less targeting, video solutions, data propositions and brand and agency solutions. And on top, the acquisition of Captify Technologies and Acardo are adding further critical mass. We started integrating measures immediately after the acquisition and synergies are already starting to show where majority of the synergies will come from 2026 onwards. And as part of the integration, we also implemented selective cost cuts with regards to overlaps and duplicates. The investments during Q2 and Q3 are paying off.
And based on these investments and the improvements we see and further expect we are going into -- we have started into a strong Q4 and also expect a strong 2026. Q4 will be strong uplift versus the earlier quarters, expecting net revenues of well over EUR 200 million and with a strong EBITDA of between EUR 39 million and EUR 54 million, as Christian just showed. So even though we are not super happy with the numbers of Q2 and Q3, like some of the investors also will be, I guess, it is worth it. We are really with that, able to continue a strong growth path like we did in the past. And with all those improvements and seeing the numbers, we are very confident about a very strong Q4. I would like to thank you all and would hand back to Ingo.
Thank you, Remco. And now it's time for our Q&A session.
[Operator Instructions] And the first question comes from Ellis Acklin from First Berlin.
2. Question Answer
So I'll get things rolling. My main topic really is a couple of questions about the overall ad market. So starting with that, if you could maybe give us some color on how the market is in general developing. I know you hammered home a couple of times about the absence of the political ad budgets. But aside from that, maybe you could talk a little bit about how the overall ad market is developing. And then also looking ahead to next year, we've got a couple of big events coming up with the Winter Games and also the World Cup. Do you see those as good growth drivers for next year? And maybe you could just give us a little bit of insight how you see next year developing with the ad budgets there? And then aside from that, just a small housekeeping question. It would be helpful if you could give the 2024 net revenue figure based on the updated revenue recognition methodology that you've adopted. So I'll leave it with that.
Thanks, Ellis. I think I'll take the first question, and Christian would like to take the second one. Ad market, I mean that's a story we can talk very long about. I'll try to summarize some of the headlines. U.S. is our main market. And the U.S. is with the tariffs and all those things, there's a lot of uncertainty and unpredictability in it. Overall, expectations were that it would be a super weak market this year. That's what we don't see, but there is weakness in some sectors, especially in auto and, for example, CPG, we see weakness. What we overall see is that in the open Internet, there is a consolidation trend, which makes sense because you need to be larger to do investments in AI and to grow. And if I see what we are investing in those sectors, small companies cannot do that. So that makes sense. And we see a lot of companies that are for sale and in that sense, will either sell or will, yes, drop out of the market. Walled gardens, we see different movements there.
Amazon is pretty aggressive, especially at the moment, going in with their DSP and yes, hitting on some of the larger players on the DSP side with, let's say, very low tariffs and also very cheap CPMs on CTV. So that's shifting a bit. Google is withdrawing a bit from the market with all the, how to say, legal stuff that they get on their things, putting more on YouTube. So we see shifts there. And then we see channel shifts. LLMs are really hitting on the web market. So that's, let's say, another trend that we see. Political ads was strong last year because of the elections in the U.S. It was already starting Q3. Q4 was even stronger. We have taken that into account actually with our forecast that, let's say, there's also Q4 revenues in political last year. But those are, I think, a few of the big trends in the market. So it's not a super strong market. It's certainly not even a strong market, but it's also not super soft.
But the shift within the market. Programmatic still winning from linear, also an important point. And yes, we hope that next year will be better. And as you mentioned, there will be some big events next year and big events normally also drive advertising spend. But also having said all this, we are still a relatively small company in this big market. And as such, there's enough growth opportunities. And the weaker revenues were not caused by the market to just say, yes, there were some elements and yes, it didn't help us, but the weaker revenues were caused by platform unification, which really was more painful than we originally expected. But on the other hand, we see now the really positive effects from that. I hope that answers your question as good as I could in the short time.
Christian?
Yes. Your question was what would have been the corresponding revenue back in the same quarter last year? And it would have followed roughly the same path of 3% decline. It would have been close to EUR 145 million.
No. Sorry, Christian, I was unclear about that. What would have been the top line for 2024 based on the current revenue recognition. So you reported EUR 437 million. I'm just trying to get a comparable basis to compare the 2025 full year numbers that you're guiding for.
Okay. I would have to come back with a number on that for you.
Okay. That's fine. You can e-mail it to me, that's all.
Yes, I'll e-mail it you.
Great. Thank you, Ellis. The next question comes from Adrian Elmlund from Nordea.
Yes. I hope you can hear me.
Very well.
Yes, very well. Okay. Perfect. So I have a couple of questions. So firstly, could we get some more detailed explanation here regarding the working capital effects? We're basically seeing 3 quarters now with rather weak cash flows, right, mainly due to working capital. But could you give some comments regarding the kind of cash generation going forward and your thoughts on that?
Sure. So it's correct that we -- in Q3, we had positive operating cash from the business, but we also had a negative swing in our net working capital, which, of course, takes some of the effect out. This was because we had lower securitization roughly of EUR 29 million. So the major effect there is really a lower use of our securitization program also because of some timing aspects. In Q4, we generally always have a good contribution of cash and also from working capital in Q4. So I would expect that it replenishes in Q4 for the year.
Kind of a follow-up on that but could you kind of explain the securitization program? Is that a onetime thing? And what will happen in the comp next year? Will it reverse? Or kind of is this systematic in any way?
It's not systematic. I would expect it to reverse -- some of it to reverse in Q4. The securitization profit is, as you potentially know that we sell our receivables on a nonrecourse basis. And we have utilized that program less this end of this quarter than we normally do, and that explains the change from Q2 to Q3 of the minus EUR 29 million.
Okay. Kind of following up on that again. Okay. So some weak cash flows here, you've seen some accelerated M&A and with that, of course, increased leverage.
Yes.
But you've also stated that going forward, you want to have reduced leverage ratio, right? I think you reduced the target some year ago. Could you perhaps give some comments regarding the leverage ratio and sort of the -- tying up the cash flow question there?
Yes. So that's true. And I -- looking at it from an overall perspective, we have been working and are working on bringing down our net leverage ratio. As I said, we also have been clear about that when we do M&A, they might temporarily move up, and that's what it's done for this quarter. And together with then a lower effect on our cash position, which is with the impact from both lower operating cash, but also the net working capital that depletes some of our cash position, which, of course, goes against the net debt. Looking going forward, with increased cash for Q4, it will improve, but I think it will take into next year as well to improve substantially, and it will continue to be a focus point for us.
Okay. Perfect. Just two more questions, if you will. One will be technical, but sort of given the platform unification here, as I understand it, it mainly affects the SSP segment, right? Could you give some explanation for why we've seen the margin pressure in the DSP? Is that mainly due to the personnel costs? Or kind of what are the reasons behind that?
Yes, Adrian, good question. Thank you very much. On the -- you're right, let's say, on the supply side, marketplace side, we have seen the unification effects that was integrating the 2 SSPs. So that's fully on the supply side. And on the demand side, we see the, let's say, the burden, but also already the positives of adding extra salespeople because if you add salespeople, you first have to pay the salaries and there's nothing coming in. After half year, you see partly things coming in. And after a year, if you're lucky, they are making -- they're starting to make the salary. So we are really investing in salespeople. So that's one point. And the second thing is, which I already said, there's a bit of a mix difference there. CTV, we put less attention on because of the margin so much under pressure. So that's also an effect that's hurting us there a bit.
Okay. Perfect. Lastly here, also a question regarding the kind of revenue recognition. Could you give any guidance what you expect in revenue recognition for 2026 so that we can put it in the model? Is that kind of EUR 30 million x 4? Or how should we view it?
Yes. I think we've been quite clear in terms of indicating -- if you look at the guidance slide, we've been quite clear in trying to indicate that it had an effect of EUR 32 million for Q3, and I think we indicated EUR 36 million for Q4. That's an estimate, of course. And I think you can take a similar proportion going forward. It will have effect for all the quarters for next year when comparing to this year. But it only starts here after July because that is when we move the volumes onto the new platform. So not entirely 3 x EUR 30 million. It will go a little bit up, but probably as an average and with also scaling with revenues, if you factor in and scale with the revenue growth for next year, you will probably have a pretty accurate estimate of it.
Okay. Perfect. That's all for me.
Did I answer?
Yes, yes, yes, absolutely.
Great. Great. Thanks, Adrian, for your contribution. And now the next question comes from Martin Yang from Oppenheimer.
Can you hear me okay?
Yes.
Just want to get some more clarity on the annual guidance. So if we want to compare the guidance this quarter to the prior guidance, should I subtract the adjusted revenue in 3Q and also the implied EUR 36 million revenue in 4Q '25 revenue from the updated guidance to compare apples-to-apples with your prior guidance?
That is correct, Martin. Thank you for your question. And that is correct that we, in our full year guidance for '25 here, that's EUR 560 million to EUR 580 million. We try to take all effects that we know of, both the M&A and the impact of the changed revenue recognition into that number. So you can effectively take the EUR 32 million and the estimated EUR 36 million and deduct that, and you would have it more on a like-for-like basis.
And then the next question on gross margin. It was mentioned in the press release. Can you please walk us through how you calculate gross margin?
Yes. It's not -- it's essentially our revenues -- gross revenues minus the purchase services that will both have elements of inventory, but there will also be certain other cost elements. So it's not exactly one-to-one with TAC which I think means some U.S. companies use, but it is equal to the definitions that we have used. And normally, we've only released the separation of purchased services and other expenses once a year with our annual report. In this case, we give it out here for this quarter. Does that explain it sufficiently?
Yes, because I was doing some rough calculation based on your disclosure, but my numbers is a little off from your published gross margin in the press release.
Okay. That could maybe because what we have provided here has been a like-for-like basis because we also have to neutralize the effect of the revenue recognition so that the numbers that we show is on a fully like-for-like basis backwards in time as well. Otherwise, it would not -- it would be erred pears and apples.
Got it. Last question from me is on the revenue recognition. Can you maybe share with us what percentage of revenues was adjusted to turn from net to gross and what specific business segments or business divisions are most impacted on these adjustments?
So the -- it is the SSP segment that is impacted. It is as we move to one unified platform on the SSPs and it is the volumes that we have migrated onto the new platform, which is the mobile in-app volumes. There are still outstanding some on display and CTV, but those are minor. The majority is this move for the in-app volumes that have moved on to the platform. I cannot give you a percentage out of how it is but those are the impacted areas.
Christian, that's it from me.
Thank you. Thank you, Martin.
Thank you, Martin. The next question comes from Jörg Frey from Warburg Research.
Just quickly on your savings, you alluded to the EUR 8 million that you are going to save from the platform migration next year. How should we think about that? How much is going to flow through to the bottom line? And how much are you going to invest in additional sales or anything else.
Do you want me to take that question, Remco?
Yes, please.
Yes. So it's correct that we have instigated saving initiatives that would have a run rate of EUR 8 million plus. I would expect that we continue to invest in U.S. for sales. And I would -- one way to look at it would be that at least 2/3 continue to have an effect and a roll-in effect of next year, but we will still have some investments in the U.S. That said, that's when you look at pure personnel costs, right? And if you look at the run rate of our personnel cost, the -- however, what you should also factor in is that we have been doing investments in our sales force, and these will now ramp with revenues, so they start to pay off the past investments.
Right. Understood. Is there anything like we've been -- in other advertising companies, we've got a lot of discussions about visibility for 2026. And well, is there -- are you generally seeing what we have seen in some peers that the short-run business that there is very big reluctance on booking volumes just right now and bigger commitments for next year? So any general comment on that side would be appreciated.
Yes. Jörg, thanks for the question. Good question. We indeed see based on, how to say it, uncertainty, unpredictability in the U.S. that also agencies are doing more short-term bookings. We even had bookings in Q3, which were then withdrawn or basically postponed then to Q4. So there is more short-term thinking in the market on the client side as well as on the agency side, but mostly driven, of course, by the clients. So that makes it not easier to estimate. And then in general, it is a growth market but these kind of things make it a bit more unpredictable. But I'm also always saying, I mean, it's markets where companies really grow with double digits. And my first company working was an oil company growing with 1% per year. That's easier to predict those kind of things than these kind of things. But it makes it more difficult also for investors, of course, and for us as well.
Yes. And I hope we -- you continue to manage it well and all the best for these volatile times.
Thank you, Jörg.
Thanks so much, Jörg. So the next question is a question from the chat from Rasmus Engberg from Kepler Cheuvreux, and he wants to know something about organic growth. Can you talk about the phasing of organic growth in Q4 and Q1? Do you think we will see organic growth in those quarters?
Okay.
Shall I take that one, Christian?
Yes, absolutely.
Yes. The simple answer is, yes, we expect to see organic growth with our platforms now really being more efficient than before. A lot of customer onboarding, we will see organic growth. We have not given any, let's say, guidance so far for 2026, also not for Q1. But based on where the company stands, the onboarding, the strong product portfolio, the investments we have done in sales, we expect to show strong organic growth in the next quarters.
Great. Thanks, Remco. So now we've got a question from Christoffer Jennel from Inderes coming up. Christoffer, you were both in the live Q&A and on the chat. I'll now just read your question from the chat. As I understand it, the weak cash flow is mainly a result of lower utilization of the securitization program in Q3. Are there any reasons behind this lower utilization during the quarter and should we expect lower utilization in the coming quarters. Could you also give some more color on what the underlying free cash flow would have been adjusting for this lower utilization?
Okay. So the utilization of the securitization program was lower this quarter. It was partly because of lower revenues but also some timing effects, which means that we are using it more now, and that also means that I expect that we will use it more through Q4, and therefore, replenish from a cash position perspective. I think that was one part of your question. And sorry, the second part was how it would influence our free cash flow, was that the question?
The second was, could you also give some color on what the underlying free cash flow would have been adjusting for this lower utilization?
It would have been -- if you took the Q3 and compared it to Q2, it would have been an addition of roughly EUR 29 million. It would -- it almost explains the whole negative swing in working capital. So if you add that back, then it would have a positive effect of -- in cash flow.
Great. Thanks, Christian. So the next question again comes from Ellis Acklin from First Berlin. Ellis, are you there?
Guys, I don't know if you can hear me, but it seemed like lost connection. So I guess...
It's your turn with the question. I still have one question from you in the chat. Do you want to proceed. No. Obviously, you cannot hear us. Okay. So of course, Ellis, please, if your connection is stable again, then please just queue in again. The next question again comes from Christoffer Jennel from Inderes via the chat. The number of large software clients improved slightly in Q3 but still remained below the level in Q1. How much of this is due to continued mitigation effects from the platform adage in scaling these customers above the $100,000 thresholds versus actual churn?
Yes, it has -- let's say, there's, of course, differences in the customer. Thank you for the question first. The -- I'd say the effect is really mostly based on the unification because we had periods where customers just were able to do less revenues on the platform. And if you do less revenue, you can get under the $100,000. And what we nicely see is, let's say, that the new customers onboarding is really strong, but that's still the over $100,000 showed a positive movement, but it's still, how to say it, not at the level where we were a year before. But we have, let's say, confidence that we will soon see that again based on, let's say, the performance platform now. But really those, let's say, yes, 1.5 months basically in each of the quarters that really hurt revenues, and that also brings people then, of course, under the $100,000. It's LTM revenues, so 12-month revenues. So especially with 2 quarters, it doesn't help.
Great. Thank you, Remco. The next question comes also via the chat from Sebastian Weidhüner from Paladin Asset Management. The delta in working capital changes in Q3 amount to around EUR 60 million. You quantified the securitization effect at EUR 29 million, what are the remaining working capital movements?
Okay. I think you are now comparing to Q3 last year, if I'm not mistaken. And it's true that there is a delta of EUR 60 million. I would have to look into exactly the combination of securitization at that point in time. This was before I took on CFO role. I would have to come back to you and just look into the combination of the different effects back in Q3 to answer that question.
Okay. Fair enough. So then Christoffer Jennel from Inderes has queued in again after his questions from the chat. Christoffer, now the microphone is all yours.
I thought I was missed in the queue so I tried chat instead. But since my 2 longer questions has already been touched on, I just had 2 shorter questions. So the first one is if you could sort of quantify the political ad spending impact in your Q3 and Q4 last year? And I can take the next question after that.
Yes, we can actually. So in Q3, there was an impact of roughly -- a little bit close to EUR 3 million. And in Q4, we had political spend that totaled something like EUR 7 million in Q4 last year.
That's helpful. And just to get this sort of clarified, will you only report the gross revenue going forward? Or will you also show the net revenue for the group?
We will continue to report per the standards at least for Q4 in the way we've done, but we will provide comparison figures as well back in time. We have also done in this interim report just basically to show fully the effects of the revenue recognition. I think there is a discussion of how we would report next year, but we will provide a comparison table so that you can look at it both in terms of the old revenue recognition principle and the new one for this year.
Thanks, Christoffer. So the next question comes from [ Joerg Schwarz from Smile Invest ]. No, he withdrew his question. So I think that has already been answered now. So we have one more question from the chat from our analyst, Edward James from Cantor Fitzgerald. Please, can you provide more clarity on revenue guidance and the impact of M&A? Prior guidance was EUR 485 million to EUR 515 million of net sales. The new guidance is EUR 492 million to EUR 512 million. If it takes -- if we take the Q4 implied figures you provided, how much are the completed acquisitions after the Q2 expected to contribute to the net revenue in Q4? And what does this imply for the change in net sales guidance, excluding M&A?
Okay. That was a long question, but I think I got the gist of it, which is really the contribution of the M&A for the Q4. And here, we would have consolidated in Acardo for 1 quarter, and we would have consolidating Captify for 1.5 months. We would estimate approximately a contribution of revenue combined across the acquisitions of around EUR 15 million. That's not a definitive number that is approximately EUR 15 million for the contribution for Q4. And I think thereby, you can also deduct that and see what that means.
Great. Thank you, Christian.
I think -- but overall, we are within guidance. I think that's what the question is driving at. But we do have all these effects that will come into play in Q4, and that's also why we try to provide the all-in figure for where we're going to report for the year as a whole.
Thanks for the clarification, Christian. So are there any further questions? [Operator Instructions] It seems there are no further questions at this time. Thank you very much again for participating in this Q&A session. Of course, in case additional questions should appear, please always feel free to reach out to the Investor Relations team. With this, we have reached the end of today's call. Thanks for participating. Have a good week, and talk to you soon. Bye-bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Verve Group — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
Verve Group — acardo technologies AG, Verve Group SE - M&A Call
1. Management Discussion
Welcome to this press conference for Verve Group September 2025. [Operator Instructions]
Now I will hand the conference over to the speakers, CEO, Remco Westermann; and CFO, Christian Duus. Please go ahead.
Thank you very much, moderator. Good morning, everybody. I would like to welcome you all to Verve's investor presentation about 2 acquisitions that we announced in the last 2 days, Captify and acardo. We're super happy with those acquisitions, and we would like to go through the main rationale behind the acquisitions.
First of all, they strengthen our demand side. As already mentioned in earlier investor calls and in our Capital Markets Day, we are very strong in supply side, especially on in-app, but also in CTV and other channels. And the more we can also directly have relations with demand side with advertisers and I would say, the agencies, the stronger the company is and the stronger economics of the company are. So with those 2 acquisitions, we strengthen our demand side.
I would like to go through the acquisitions one by one and start with Captify. Captify strategically enhances first, demand-side business, as already mentioned, by adding differentiated data assets and a proven sales force with deep brand and agency relations. So exactly, as mentioned before, we are getting closer to brands and agencies, getting a lot more [ context ] there.
Going into a bit more detail. What's the company about? It was founded in 2011; has roughly 140 employees; EUR 41 million revenues, that's in euros; EUR 3.7 million normalized EBITDA. It's a very strong position in intent data, so it's also classified as best in search marketing platforms. I can cover that later in a bit more detail. And it has offices in the U.K., U.S. and Australia. And you see on the right side, it's really strengthening our demand side, but also our data part.
Yes, what is the data part or what's the importance there? As you all know, we are strong in ID-less. The market is changing, but more and more IDs are going away between -- respectively, people are saying that -- saying no to if you want to be tracked, and that changes the market. With this company, we buy a very strong search intelligence assets. They have access to over 3 million domains. They have 2 billion connected devices and over 1 billion daily searches that they cover. So they get over 400 active data points, and it's one of the largest search data assets outside of the Walled Gardens built in the last 12 years.
So they've really started to prep data, what are people looking for on websites, where are they going to. And that's, of course, intent, and that's super important in advertising because if you know what somebody is looking for, it's really, how to say it, you can play in with ads on that and you have a much higher, let's say, response rate, of course, on that.
So the aggregate data, they have a lot of AI and machine learning, and it's adding contextual intent to Verve's already strong ID-less data. So we classify the search intelligence data, providing brands with a deep understanding of the consumer interest, motivations and intentions in real time. It's ID-less, so also that plays into what I just said, and very strong in machine learning, so we get also a lot of expertise additionally on board that is really strong in getting the search intent interactional strategies for the brands that it works for.
Then the second very big asset that we gathered with acquiring this company is it contributes to our sales force. And as we've mentioned, we want to strongly grow our sales force in the U.S. but also internationally. Doing it yourself is pretty costly because the seller not immediately yields revenues. And by that, you have to prefinance a seller basically, with, of course, getting immediately a big sales force on board. That's great. That's super helpful. And especially in the U.S. and in the U.K., we had a strong sales force here.
You see the revenues on the right bottom side. So almost 60% of the revenue is North America. Then U.K. is strong with 31%. That's where we are historically not so strong, so that's also helping a lot in U.K. And then rest of the world, 10%. And you see here also, yes, names of the companies they work for, they work for 48 of the [ NH ] top 100 advertisers in the world, and 6 out of 6 holdco agencies. And as I've mentioned also before, we were not so strong historically with the holdcos. Those are the big global agencies, and that's also very welcoming in this transaction.
To put us in a strategic perspective, we presented our strategic road map at our Capital Markets Day, and we're talking about verticalization by industry. And if we just go through the different points, let's say, the verticalization by industry, we're adding substantial agency relations and customers as well as specific, how to say it, audience and intent data, especially for health, travel and retail.
Then talk about our multichannel approach. Verve, traditionally super strong in in-app. With this, we are also adding CTV, mobile web and web offerings to our strength that we have. Then privacy first and quality standards, I mentioned that already, real-time ID-less search data, strengthening our ID-less position.
The platform unification, yes, we have integrated a lot of technical platforms. And in Q2, that was a bit more difficult, as we already mentioned before. The good thing here is it's not getting any big technical integration. It's mostly salespeople and tools. So there is no effort on the technical side, no real effort on the technical side.
Then investments into sales and geo expansion, yes, this accelerates, as already mentioned, the buildup of our sales force in the U.S. and the U.K. without the ramp-up inefficiencies.
Then M&A, yes, this speaks for itself. This is a very highly accretive and synergetic M&A transaction with a lot of post-deal synergies. And it's strengthening the core team. We're really adding a lot of talent to the team and also leveraging better the management positions.
I would hand over to Christian for financials.
Thank you very much. Good. Yes, let me go through kind of the overview of the financials. So in Captify, we are essentially taking over revenues on a run rate on a pro forma basis for '25 of EUR 41 million. The company has had more revenues in the past in 2024, but there has been a divestment of some of the business and also continue some of the business segments, and there was some one-off political campaigns. So in reality, it is EUR 41 million that we're taking over on a pro forma basis for '25 estimated with synergies for the revenues.
On an EBITDA basis, we have a pro forma income of EBITDA, adjusted EBITDA of EUR 3.7 million. We -- with the synergies that we see between the 2 companies, we see imminent synergies up to EUR 5.2 million. This is really a company that has, together with us, we get much more scale. We can be much more efficient, and we can also make the right investments for the companies and for Captify. And therefore, we see quite substantial, both cost savings and cross-selling potential. The integration starts immediately, and these synergies would come into full run rate effect during 2026.
To cover off the purchase price and also the consideration structure, we here provide you with the details how the actual transaction is structured. Overall, it's transacted in U.S. dollar of a total consideration of USD 30 million, that translates to EUR 25.6 million, and with an all consideration in a multiple of 7.
Now let me just break that down a little bit. The timing of the different considerations are, as you can see, and I'll now do reference the euro amounts. We do a cash consideration at closing of EUR 15.4 million. There is then a further consideration of EUR 800,000, 6 weeks after closing. And after 18 months, there's a final consideration -- cash consideration of EUR 9.4 million, altogether, EUR 25.6 million. That means at closing, we are at a multiple -- EBITDA multiple of 4.2, a total consideration of 7 -- a multiple of 7. And after synergies, 4.9. It's funded cash at hand and will be accretive to Verve's EBITDA with some dilution of the group margin until all revenue and cost synergies have run rate impact. So this you should expect. There is not significant capital expenditures, and we -- only have fairly moderate technical integration costs are expected.
All in all, if you think about this year, the company, Captify, will be consolidated from September 16, and that will have an estimated contribution to net revenues of the Verve Group between EUR 12 million and EUR 13 million net revenues, and an additional EUR 1 million to EUR 2 million on EBITDA.
That covers the financial transaction and just summarizing across the strategic rationale. This really, as Remco mentioned, strengthens our demand side business through top-tier accounts and really adds a significant sales force to us. It brings us very interesting and very actionable search data, intent data, outside the Walled Gardens, has a good fit, and that was a prerequisite for doing the acquisition that it was a strategic fit with our road map. And as it just went through, it will increase and contribute on a pro forma basis, EUR 41 million to 2025 and roughly EUR 5 million in EBITDA.
That covers Captify, and then I hand back to Remco to cover acardo.
Thank you, Christian. Yes, then we go to the next acquisition, which is acardo. And also here, we talk about strengthening the demand side business of Verve.
Just to read it here, acardo strategically enhances Verve's demand side business by adding measurability and sales lift solutions as well as proven sales force with deep brand relations, while Verve's supply significantly expands acardo's reach.
So going to the next page. Here on the right side, we see that this transaction adds on the demand side, but also a bit on the supply side, giving us really nice access to data and to also, I'd say, publisher access. The company was founded in 2000, 110 employees roughly, with EUR 14.7 million net revenues in 2025, EUR 4.1 million adjusted EBITDA estimate to 2025, and over 5,000 retail stores that they are connected with, that's the supply side, and a household reach of 85% in Germany.
So we're talking also about transaction here that is outside our core U.S. geo. And as we mentioned at Capital Markets Day and also the other instances, that we want to selectively go into other markets, Scandinavia, U.K., Germany, especially if you talk about Europe, and this is in Germany to also bring forward. We have a good experience, let's say, with the combination of organic and nonorganic. And this also gives us much stronger foothold, of course, in Germany by that. Yes, and they have relations with 200 CPG brands that are advertising with acardo also here. But I'm coming to that on the next page.
So here you see that it really expands our market reach in Europe, but especially Germany, as mentioned, Germany, Austria, Switzerland, to say. You see here the focus on retail, so it's really strong in that segment. And you see basically all the brands that are strong in retail stores and also all the retailers, almost all the retailers that have strong positions, especially in Germany. So super happy with this because it gives us a lot of entries and a lot of possibilities to scale the business.
They have a very strong customer retention rate with 99% plus. 85% reach of households in Germany, as already mentioned, and it's really a launch pad for further expansion into the key regions around us.
To make it a bit more concrete, because driving measurable outcomes is always a bit, let's say, a difficult thing to say -- or let's say, to understand. What is exactly happening? So an advertiser engages customers through our emerging channels. So for example, CTV, mobile, digital out-of-home. Then customers are directly -- directed, sorry, to a landing page. On that landing page, they are immediately getting a call for action, which is a coupon, for example. With that coupon, they go to the store, so they redeem it or they redeem it online, also that's possible, and then the advertiser gains immediate insights, very transparent, what works, what doesn't work.
So super good because measuring is one of the big challenges of the advertising industry. An advertiser, of course, wants to know if the advertising that he does is really yielding, is really working. And with this, you have a really nice tool to do that. So this is, yes, rolled out in Germany at scale, but we will, of course, also internationalize this.
Yes, accelerating our strategic road map also here, just to go a bit more in detail. Verticalization by industry, yes, it doubles down on our high-growth verticals, CPG and retail, through proven customer activation capabilities, so making us much stronger there with all the relations also that I mentioned before.
Then in the multichannel approach, yes, it's enabling shoppable campaigns that we have put in retail media as a strong part of also our strategy. And with this, we get the ability to get shoppable campaigns across mobile, CTV and digital out-of-home, yes, and we can, as already mentioned, get that into measurable outcomes.
Privacy first, quality standards, retailer-integrated first-party transaction data, they ensure privacy, compliance and outcome-driven measurement. So also here, we have a tick-the-box.
The platform unification. Also in this case, we don't talk about supply-side platform or demand-side platform, also no big technical integrations makes life a lot easier.
Then investment into sales and geo expansion, as already mentioned, expands our footprint in the German market really puts a strong basis here, with an experienced team and strong retailer networks and the direct brand relationships. And of course, those we can lever also outside because outside of Germany because a lot of those retailers not only work in Germany, and also the brands, of course, not only work in Germany.
Yes, then M&A as add-on on organic growth. Tick-the-box of course, very complementary ad revenues, technology at a very attractive multiple. And the strengthening the core team, a lot of talent that we get in here. And as mentioned, especially strengthening our German market position.
Then I would hand over to Christian for the financials.
Thank you very much. Good. In terms of covering acardo financials, we see here, this is a somewhat smaller company than Captify. In total revenues on a euro basis is EUR 14.7 million. We -- growing from EUR 13.9 million in '24. So we expect revenue synergies to materialize in the short term of EUR 1.5 million.
On an adjusted EBITDA, the company performs with EUR 4.1 million expected for 2025. So that's an estimate. And also here, we, together with -- mostly on the revenue side, the uptake, we really see an uptake of 40% on EBITDA, growing the EBITDA to 5.7 million on a shorter-term basis. It's a healthy company with strong EBITDA performance, solid organic growth, and we really see strong cross-selling potential in the retail media with -- that can add significant EBITDA accretive to Verve Group on a medium-term time line. The [ cross ], as I said, the revenue potential is the core focus here for this acquisition.
Also here for acardo, I'll go through the consideration structure. Altogether, it's a total consideration of EUR 24.5 million, which equates to an EBITDA multiple of 6. The transaction here is on a debt-free basis, and it's structured with a cash consideration of EUR 17.2 million at closing. Closing is expected to be October 1. And therefore, it would also be consolidated into our financials from October 1.
There is a further deferred cash consideration 12 months after closing of EUR 7.3 million, altogether, the EUR 24.5 million. And that means it has an EBITDA multiple of 3x at closing and 4.3x at full consideration.
Similar to Captify, this is, of course, accretive to our EBITDA, and it has a margin -- EBITDA margin roughly in line with the overall Verve Group EBITDA margin. Low ongoing capital expenditure requirements and also, as Remco mentioned, quite moderate integration cost expected.
When we look at consolidation, and this is, of course, an estimate from October onwards, we expect it to contribute somewhere between EUR 3.5 million to EUR 4.5 million net revenue contribution and between EUR 0.9 million to EUR 1.2 million in EBITDA contribution.
So perhaps a somewhat smaller acquisition, but nonetheless, very, very interesting in that it really expands our market reach and our sales force in Europe, and it gives us an activation solution towards consumers with a very strong coverage and reach in German households. As Remco mentioned, this is part of our vertical focus in doubling down on CPG and retail and strategically aligns with our strategy also in terms of expanding both mobile, CTV and digital out-of-home.
I went through the different financials, but again, to just recap, EUR 15 million of revenues on a pro forma basis, EUR 6 million on an addition in EBITDA after synergies.
And I think that covers basically acardo. If we put all this together, we wanted to also show kind of the relative size of the different acquisitions, but also the totality when we put it all together. So here, we depict the combined pro forma financials full year for 2025. Altogether, Captify and acardo, would add on a pro forma basis full year, EUR 56 million in revenues and EUR 8 million in EBITDA. You can see here the different breakdowns. So on revenue, it would be the EUR 500 million as a midpoint from our guidance plus EUR 41 million for Captify plus EUR 15 million from acardo, totaling EUR 156 million.
And on EBITDA, again, using the midpoint of our guidance, EUR 132.5 million with plus EUR 4 million, plus EUR 4 million, so EUR 141 million. That is on a pro forma basis, we see strong potential to take that up. And when you add the additional synergies that we have identified, that would add a further EUR 3 million EBITDA to our results. These synergies will materialize on a full year run rate into 2026.
Maybe important to say, these M&A transactions are additional to our guidance. Our guidance was provided without M&A, and our guidance remains with M&A on top.
And then I hand back to Remco.
Thank you, Christian. Yes, brings me to the last slide of the presentation, and that's really the summary of both transactions. So we're super happy, and we happily welcome also the teams of Captify and acardo. I was yesterday at DMEXCO, which is a big advertising fair in Cologne in Germany. And we also had the acardo team. There are some people of the acardo team already now [indiscernible] and see also very positive reactions on that.
So yes, summarizing it, the 2 transactions strategically strengthened our demand side business and [indiscernible] of course, the overall business, doubling our sales force, expanding our brand and agency reach, especially also into the holdco area, which I mentioned before. Then grow our footprint in Europe, Germany and U.K., and also, of course, in the U.S., but it's important because we want to really expand our geos in Germany and U.K., the transaction both add to that, so Captify to the U.K. and acardo to Germany. Then adding value, a valuable retail inventory and data assets, as mentioned, the access to retail stores by acardo and the strong search intent data that we get from Captify. And then increase measurable outcomes for CPG and retail clients are really being able to measure what people buy, so does advertising work and that's also one of the important things here.
That brings me, yes, to the end of this presentation, and I would open up for questions. But just want to mention, we are super happy that we're able to close those transactions. And yes, looking forward to further expand our business.
Handing back to the moderator.
[Operator Instructions] There are no questions at this time. So I hand the conference back to the speakers for any closing comments.
Yes. Then we had a very clear presentation. I assume. We're, of course, happy to answer questions also further on. Thank you very much for attending this call, and we go, yes, back to working and making sure that we really capitalize on Captify and acardo. Thank you very much, and have a good day. Bye-bye.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
Verve Group — acardo technologies AG, Verve Group SE - M&A Call
Finanzdaten von Verve Group
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Premium
| Mär '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 579 579 |
25 %
25 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | -29 -29 |
22 %
22 %
-5 %
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | 608 608 |
25 %
25 %
105 %
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | 103 103 |
24 %
24 %
18 %
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | - - |
-
-
|
|
| EBITDA | 125 125 |
10 %
10 %
22 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 58 58 |
40 %
40 %
10 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 67 67 |
32 %
32 %
12 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | -2,42 -2,42 |
109 %
109 %
0 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen EUR.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur Verve Group-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
Verve Group Aktie News
Firmenprofil
MGI - Media & Games Invest SE betreibt eine Werbesoftware-Plattform mit First-Party-Spieleinhalten. Das Unternehmen kombiniert eine programmatische Werbesoftware- und Datenplattform mit seinem eigenen Spieleportfolio. Die Plattform deckt die gesamte Wertschöpfungskette vom Werbetreibenden bis zum Publisher ab und ist für verschiedene Kanäle wie In-App, Mobile Web, Web, DOOH und Connected TV verfügbar. Das Unternehmen wurde am 21. März 2011 gegründet und hat seinen Hauptsitz in Stockholm, Schweden.
aktien.guide Premium
| Hauptsitz | Malta |
| CEO | Mr. Westermann |
| Mitarbeiter | 1.089 |
| Gegründet | 2011 |
| Webseite | investors.verve.com |


